MEMORIAL FUNDS
497, 1998-03-23
Previous: UACSC 1997-C AUTO TRUST, 8-K, 1998-03-23
Next: NVIDIA CORP/CA, 8-A12B, 1998-03-23






MEMORIAL FUNDS                                                      TRUST SHARES

GOVERNMENT BOND FUND
CORPORATE BOND FUND
GROWTH EQUITY FUND
VALUE EQUITY FUND

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 March 15, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This Prospectus offers Trust class shares of the Government Bond Fund, Corporate
Bond  Fund,  Growth  Equity  Fund and  Value  Equity  Fund  (each a  "Fund"  and
collectively the "Funds"). The Funds are separate, diversified portfolios of the
Memorial  Funds (the "Trust"),  a registered,  open-end,  management  investment
company.

 THIS PROSPECTUS SETS FORTH CONCISELY IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD KNOW
                                BEFORE INVESTING.
         PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND RETAIN IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

The Trust has filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") a
Statement of  Additional  Information  ("SAI")  dated March 15, 1998,  as may be
amended  from time to time,  which is available  for  reference on the SEC's Web
Site (http://www.sec.gov).  The SAI contains more detailed information about the
Trust  and  each of the  Funds  and is  incorporated  into  this  Prospectus  by
reference. An investor may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting
the Trust's distributor, Forum Financial Services, Inc., at Two Portland Square,
Portland, Maine 04101 or by calling (888) 263-5593.
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                              <C>   <C>                                          <C>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                           Page                                               Page
        1. PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.............................  2     4. HOW TO BUY SHARES........................  17
        2. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES..............  5     5. HOW TO SELL SHARES.......................  19
           GOVERNMENT BOND FUND...........................  5     6. OTHER SHAREHOLDER SERVICES...............  21
           CORPORATE BOND FUND............................  6     7. DIVIDENDS AND TAX MATTERS................  22
           GROWTH EQUITY FUND.............................  7     8. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF FUNDS'
           VALUE EQUITY FUND..............................  8         INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES AND RISKS.......  23
        3. MANAGEMENT.....................................  8     9. OTHER INFORMATION........................  36
                                                                      ACCOUNT APPLICATION
</TABLE>

THE MEMORIAL FUNDS ARE A FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS.  THE SHARES OF MUTUAL FUNDS ARE
NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT,  THE FDIC, THE FEDERAL RESERVE
SYSTEM OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

AN  INVESTMENT  IN SHARES OF ANY  MUTUAL  FUND IS SUBJECT  TO  INVESTMENT  RISK,
INCLUDING THE POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



<PAGE>


1.  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FUNDS

     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by the more  detailed
information contained in this Prospectus.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

     FIXED INCOME FUNDS.  The Memorial  Funds includes two "Fixed Income" Funds,
the Government Bond Fund and the Corporate Bond Fund.  These mutual funds invest
primarily in bonds and other fixed income securities. The Fixed Income Funds are
designed principally for investors that seek current income.

     Government  Bond Fund seeks to  provide a high  level of income  consistent
with maximum credit protection and moderate  fluctuation in principal value. The
Fund will seek to achieve this objective by investing at least 90% of its assets
in  obligations  issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United
States  Government,  or by its  agencies or  instrumentalities,  including  zero
coupon  bonds issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Treasury  and  mortgage-backed
securities  ("U.S.  Government  Securities").   The  Fund  may  also  invest  in
asset-backed securities.  The Fund seeks to moderate fluctuations its volatility
by  structuring  maturities of its  investment  portfolio in order to maintain a
duration between 75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Government
Bond Index.

     Corporate  Bond Fund seeks to provide as high a level of current  income as
is consistent  with capital  preservation  and prudent  investment  risk.  Under
normal  circumstances,  the Fund will seek to attain this objective by investing
at least 65% of the value of the total assets in corporate  bonds.  The Fund may
also invest in U.S.  Government  Securities,  mortgage-backed  and  asset-backed
securities.  The Fund intends to maintain a duration between 75% and 125% of the
Lehman Brothers Corporate Bond Index.

     EQUITY  FUNDS.  The Memorial  Funds also  includes two "Equity  Funds" that
invest  primarily in the common stock of domestic  companies,  the Growth Equity
Fund and the Value Equity  Fund.  The Equity Funds will invest only in companies
with a minimum  market  capitalization  of $250 million at the time of purchase,
and will  seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted  capitalization  of $5
billion.  A company's  market  capitalization  is the total  market value of its
outstanding  common stock.  Although the  investment  disciplines  of the Equity
Funds  differ,  they are each  designed for  investors who are seeking long term
capital  appreciation and can tolerate possibly  significant  fluctuation in the
value of their investment.

     Growth Equity Fund seeks long-term  capital  appreciation.  It will seek to
achieve  this  objective  by  investing at least 65% of its assets in the common
stock of domestic companies that the Fund's  sub-adviser  believes have superior
growth potential and fundamental  characteristics  that are significantly better
than the market average and that support internal earnings growth capability.

     Value Equity Fund also seeks long-term capital  appreciation.  It will seek
to attain this  objective  by  investing at least 65% of its total assets in the
common stock of domestic companies.  Using a value approach,  the Fund will seek
to  invest in stocks  that are  underpriced  when  measured  against  comparable
securities, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows or other measures.

INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISK FACTORS

     There is no assurance that any Fund will achieve its investment  objective,
and a Fund's net asset value and total return will fluctuate  based upon changes
in the value of its portfolio  securities.  Upon redemption,  an investment in a
Fund may be worth  more or less than its  original  value.  No Fund,  by itself,
provides a complete investment program.

     All investments made by the Funds entail some risk. Among other things, the
market  value of any  security  in which the Funds may  invest is based
 

                                      2
<PAGE>

upon the market's  perception of value and not  necessarily the book value of an
issuer or other objective measure of the issuer's worth. Certain investments and
investment techniques,  however,  entail additional risks, such as the potential
use of leverage by certain Funds through  borrowings,  securities  lending,  and
other  investment   techniques.   (See  "Detailed   Description  of  the  Funds'
Investments,  Strategies and Risks.")  Similarly,  a Fund's use of mortgage- and
asset-backed securities entails certain risks. (See "Detailed Description of the
Funds'  Investments,  Strategies and Risks -  Mortgage-Backed  Securities" and "
Asset-Backed Securities.")

     FIXED  INCOME  FUNDS.  The value of your  investment  in one or both of the
Fixed  Income  Funds may change in  response to changes in  interest  rates.  An
increase in  interest  rates  typically  causes a fall in the value of the fixed
income  securities in which the Funds invest.  Your  investment in the Corporate
Bond Fund is also subject to the risk that the financial  condition of an issuer
of a security  held by the Fund may cause it to default or become  unable to pay
interest or principal due on the  security.  To limit this risk, at least 80% of
the Corporate Bond Fund's  investments in corporate debt  securities  will be in
securities rated A or better and the Fund will maintain a minimum average rating
of A.

     EQUITY FUNDS. The Equity Funds may be appropriate investments for investors
who seek long term growth in their  investment,  but who are willing to tolerate
significant fluctuations in the value of their investment in response to changes
in the market value of the stocks the Funds hold.  This type of market  movement
may  affect the price of the  securities  of a single  issuer,  a segment of the
domestic stock market, or the entire market.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     INVESTMENT ADVISER. Forum Investment Advisors, LLC (the "Adviser"),  serves
as the investment adviser for each Fund. The Adviser's  responsibilities include
developing  and reviewing the  investment  strategies and policies of each Fund,
and overseeing the performance of the investment  sub-advisers  ("Sub-advisers")
responsible for the day-to-day  management of each Fund's investment  portfolio.
(See "Management - Investment Advisory Services.")

     INVESTMENT  CONSULTANT.  To assist it in carrying out its responsibilities,
the Adviser has retained Wellesley Group, Inc. ("Wellesley"). Wellesley provides
data with which the Adviser and the Board of Trustees of the Trust ("Board") can
monitor and evaluate the performance of the Funds and the  Sub-advisers.  If the
Board  determines in the future to replace one of the current  Sub-advisers,  or
retain  additional  Sub-advisers  to manage one or more of the Funds,  Wellesley
will assist the Adviser and the Board in the selection of those Sub-advisers.

     INVESTMENT   SUB-ADVISERS.   The  Adviser  has   retained   the   following
Sub-advisers to render advisory services and make daily investment decisions for
each Fund:

           o The portfolio of the Government Bond Fund is managed by The
             Northern Trust Company.

           o The portfolio of the Corporate Bond Fund is managed by Conseco
             Capital Management, Inc.

           o  The  portfolio  of the  Growth  Equity  Fund is  managed  by Davis
              Hamilton, Inc., d/b/a Davis Hamilton Jackson & Associates.

           o The portfolio of the Value Equity Fund is managed by Beutel,
             Goodman Capital Management.

         The Adviser is also  responsible for monitoring the investments and the
performance of the  Sub-advisers on behalf of each of the Funds. The Adviser and
the Sub-advisers  collectively may be referred to herein as the "Advisers." (See
"Management - Investment Advisory Services.")

                                       3
<PAGE>

SHARES OF THE FUNDS

         Each Fund currently offers two separate classes of shares:

         TRUST  SHARES.  Trust Shares are sold through this  Prospectus  and are
offered  primarily to  individual  investors and smaller  fiduciary,  agency and
custodial  clients whose  investments are pooled in common or collective  trusts
managed by bank trust  departments,  trust companies or their affiliates.  Trust
Shares are referred to as "Shares" in this prospectus.

         INSTITUTIONAL  SHARES.  Institutional  Shares are offered by a separate
prospectus.  Institutional Shares are designed for large institutional investors
able to make an minimum initial  investment of $10 million,  and are expected to
incur lower expenses than Trust Shares.

     Shares of each class of a Fund have  identical  interests in the investment
portfolio of the Fund and, with certain exceptions, the same rights. (See "Other
Information - The Trust and Its Shares.")

HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES

         Shares  of the  Funds  may be  purchased  or sold  ("redeemed")  on any
weekday  except days that the New York Stock  Exchange is closed,  normally  New
Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial
Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas ("Fund Business
Day").  The Trust's  transfer agent accepts orders to buy or sell Shares between
9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (Eastern) on all Fund Business Days. Orders are executed
at the net asset value of the Fund's  Shares next  determined  after an order in
proper form is received.

     You may buy or sell  Shares  by  mail,  by  bank  wire or  through  various
financial  institutions.  The minimum initial investment in Shares is $5,000, or
$2,000 for  retirement  accounts and  automatic  investment  plans.  The minimum
subsequent  investment  is  $100.  (See  "How to Buy  Shares"  and  "How to Sell
Shares.")

EXCHANGES

     Shareholders  may exchange Trust Shares for Trust Shares of the other Funds
or for  Institutional  Service class shares of the Forum Daily Assets Government
Fund, a money market fund that is a separate series of Forum Funds.  (See "Other
Shareholder Services - Exchanges.")

SHAREHOLDER FEATURES

     Each Fund offers an Automatic  Investment Plan,  Automatic  Withdrawal Plan
and Directed Dividend Option. (See "Other Shareholder  Services" and "Choosing a
Share Class.")

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         The Fixed Income Funds declare dividends daily and pay dividends of net
investment  income  monthly.  The Equity Funds  declare and pay dividends of net
investment income, if any,  quarterly.  Each Fund's net capital gain, if any, is
distributed  annually.   All  dividends  and  distributions  are  reinvested  in
additional Fund Shares unless the shareholder  elects to have them paid in cash.
(See "Dividends and Tax Matters.")

EXPENSE INFORMATION

         The following  tables should help you  understand the expenses that you
will bear if you invest in Shares of a Fund.


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
                                           Government          Corporate         Growth Equity       Value Equity
                                            Bond Fund          Bond Fund             Fund                Fund
                                            ---------          ---------             ----                ----
Sales charge on        
purchases.................                    None                None               None                None
Sales charge on        
dividends.................                    None                None               None                None
Maximum deferred
sales charge..............                    None                None               None                None
Exchange Fee..............                    None                None               None                None
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>


ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (1)
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS)
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
                                           Government          Corporate         Growth Equity       Value Equity
                                            Bond Fund          Bond Fund             Fund                Fund
                                            ---------          ---------             ----                ----

Investment Advisory        
Fees................................          0.35%              0.35%               0.45%              0.45%
Rule  12b-1 Fees....................          0.25%              0.25%               0.25%              0.25%
Other Expenses......................          0.65%              0.65%               0.85%              0.85%
                                              -----              -----               -----              -----
Total Operating        
Expenses............................          1.25%              1.25%               1.55%              1.55%
</TABLE>

(1) Annual Fund Operating Expenses are calculated as a percentage of each Fund's
average net assets assuming average net assets of at least $7.5 million.  If the
average net assets of a Fund are lower in any given year, the expenses will be a
higher percentage of the Fund's assets. (See "Management.")

EXAMPLE

         The  following  hypothetical  example  indicates  the dollar  amount of
expenses that you would pay if you invested $1,000 in a Fund's Shares,  assuming
that (1) the Fund's  expenses are as listed above,  (2) the Fund has a 5% annual
return and (3) you reinvest all  dividends and  distributions  paid by the Fund.
The  example  does not  represent  past or future  expenses  or  return;  actual
expenses and return may be more or less than indicated.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
                                                             1 Year      3 Years
                                                             ------      -------

Government Bond Fund.......................................    $13        $40
Corporate Bond Fund........................................    $13        $40
Growth Equity Fund.........................................    $16        $49
Value Equity Fund..........................................    $16        $49
</TABLE>

2.  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

GOVERNMENT BOND FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The  investment  objective  of the Fund is to  provide a high  level of
income  consistent  with maximum credit  protection and moderate  fluctuation in
principal  value.  There  is no  assurance  that  the  Fund  will  achieve  this
objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund will invest at least 90% of its net assets in a  portfolio  of
fixed and variable rate U.S. Government Securities,  including zero coupon bonds
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and  mortgage-backed  securities.  The
Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in corporate debt securities.

         The Fund  may not  invest  more  than 25% of its  total  assets  in the
securities issued or guaranteed by any single agency or  instrumentality  of the
U.S. Government,  except the U.S. Treasury,  and may not invest more than 10% of
its total assets in the securities of any other issuer.

         The Fund invests in debt  obligations  with maturities (or average life
in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from overnight to
30 years. The Fund seeks to moderate  fluctuations in the price of its Shares by
structuring  maturities  of its  investment  portfolio  in order to  maintain  a
duration between 75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Government
Bond Index,  which was 5.20 years as of March 11,  1998.  Duration  measures the
sensitivity  of a debt  security's  price to  changes in  interest  rates -- the
longer the security's duration, the more its price will fluctuate in response to
changes in interest  rates.  The calculation of duration is based on the present
value of payments  over the life of the debt  obligation  and takes into account
call rights and other  features  that may shorten  the debt  obligation's  life.
Because  earlier  payments  on a debt  security  have a  higher  present  value,
duration of a security,  except a zero-coupon  security,  generally will be less
than its stated maturity.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   options   and   futures   contracts   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its  investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use these  strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate


                                       5
<PAGE>

and foreign currency futures contracts and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although the Fund will not engage in these  transactions  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

CORPORATE BOND FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The  investment  objective of the Fund is to provide as high a level of
current income as is consistent with capital preservation and prudent investment
risk. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         Under normal circumstances, the Fund will seek to attain its investment
objective  by  investing  at least  65% of the  value  of the  total  assets  in
corporate  bonds.  The Fund may also invest in U.S.  Government  securities  and
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities of private issuers ("U.S. Government
Securities").

         At least 80% of the Fund's  investments  in  corporate  debt will be in
securities that are rated, at the time of purchase,  in one of the three highest
rating categories by a nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization
("NRSRO") such as Standard & Poor's,  or which are unrated and determined by the
Sub-adviser  to be of comparable  quality.  (See  "Detailed  Description  of the
Funds'  Investments,  Strategies  and Risks - Fixed Income  Securities and Their
Characteristics.")  No  more  than  5% of  the  Fund's  investments  will  be in
securities  rated below  investment  grade,  that is,  below the fourth  highest
rating category.  The Fund's portfolio of corporate debt instruments will have a
minimum weighted average rating of A.

         The Fund will invest  primarily in debt obligations with maturities (or
average life in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from
short-term  (including  overnight) to 30 years.  The Fund seeks to structure the
maturities of its investment  portfolio in order to maintain a duration  between
75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Corporate Bond Index, which
was 6.02 years as of March 11, 1998. Duration measures the sensitivity of a debt
security's  price to changes  in  interest  rates -- the  longer the  security's
duration,  the more its price will  fluctuate in response to changes in interest
rates.  The  calculation  of duration is based on the present  value of payments
over the life of the debt  obligation  and takes into  account  call  rights and
other  features that may shorten the debt  obligation's  life.  Because  earlier
payments on a debt security have a higher present value, duration of a security,
except a zero-coupon security, generally will be less than its stated maturity.

         The  Fund  may  invest  up to  25%  of  its  assets  in  mortgage-  and
asset-backed  securities.  The Fund may enter into "dollar roll" transactions in
connection with its investments in mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may also
invest  in  zero-coupon  securities,  but will  limit  its  investment  in these
securities,  except those issued through the U.S.  Treasury's STRIPS program, to
not more  than 10% of the  Fund's  total  assets.  The Fund may also  invest  in
securities  that are restricted as to disposition  under the federal  securities
laws (sometimes referred to as "private placements" or "restricted securities").
In  addition,  the Fund may not  invest  more  than 25% of its  total  assets in
securities issued or guaranteed by any single agency or  instrumentality  of the
U.S.  Government,  except the U.S. Treasury.  (See "Detailed  Description of the
Funds' Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

                                       6
<PAGE>

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although  the Fund will not engage in these  transaction  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

GROWTH EQUITY FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The investment objective of the Fund is long-term capital appreciation.
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund will seek to achieve its  objective  by investing at least 65%
of its  assets in the common  stock of  domestic  companies.  The Fund will only
invest in companies  having a minimum market  capitalization  of $250 million at
the time of  purchase,  and will seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted
capitalization  of $5 billion.  A company's market  capitalization  is the total
market value of its outstanding common stock.

         The Fund will invest in the securities of issuers that its  Sub-adviser
believes have superior growth potential and fundamental characteristics that are
significantly  better  than the market  average and  support  internal  earnings
growth  capability.  The Fund may invest in the  securities  of companies  whose
growth potential is, in the  Sub-adviser's  opinion,  generally  unrecognized or
misperceived  by the  market.  The  Sub-adviser  may also look to  changes  in a
company that involve a sharp increase in earnings,  the hiring of new management
or  measures  taken to close  the gap  between  the  company's  share  price and
takeover/asset value.

         The Fund may also invest in preferred stocks and securities convertible
into common stock. The Fund will only purchase  convertible  securities that are
rated,  at the time of  purchase,  within  the four  highest  rating  categories
assigned by an NRSRO or which are unrated and  determined by the  Sub-adviser to
be of comparable  quality.  Securities  rated in these  categories are generally
considered to be investment grade  securities,  although Moody's  indicates that
securities   rated  Baa  (the  fourth   highest   category)   have   speculative
characteristics.  A description  of the rating  categories of various  NRSROs is
contained in the SAI.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although  the Fund will not engage in these  transaction  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments,  Strategies and Risks - Futures Contracts
and Options.")

                                       7
<PAGE>

VALUE EQUITY FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The investment objective of the Fund is long-term capital appreciation.
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund will seek to attain this  objective  by investing at least 65%
of its total assets in common stocks of domestic  companies.  The Fund will only
invest in companies  having a minimum market  capitalization  of $250 million at
the time of  purchase,  and will seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted
capitalization  of $5 billion.  A company's market  capitalization  is the total
market value of its outstanding common stock.

         Using a value approach, the Fund will seek to invest in stocks that are
underpriced relative to comparable stocks,  determined by price/earnings ratios,
cash flows or other measures.  It is expected that the Sub-adviser  will rely on
stock  selection  to achieve  its  results,  rather  than  trying to time market
fluctuations.  In selecting  stocks,  the Sub-adviser  will establish  valuation
parameters by using  relative  ratios or target prices to evaluate  companies on
several levels.

         The Fund may also invest in preferred stocks and securities convertible
into common stock. The Fund will only purchase  convertible  securities that are
rated,  at the time of  purchase,  within  the four  highest  rating  categories
assigned by an NRSRO or which are unrated and  determined by the  Sub-adviser to
be of comparable  quality.  Securities  rated in these  categories are generally
considered to be investment grade  securities,  although Moody's  indicates that
securities   rated  Baa  (the  fourth   highest   category)   have   speculative
characteristics.  A description  of the rating  categories of various  NRSROs is
contained in the SAI.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although  the Fund will not engage in these  transaction  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments,  Strategies and Risks - Futures Contracts
and Options.")

3.  MANAGEMENT

         The business of the Trust is managed  under the direction of the Board.
The Board formulates the general policies of the Funds and meets periodically to
review the  performance of the Funds,  monitor their  investment  activities and
practices, and discuss other matters affecting the Funds and the Trust.

ADVISER

         Forum Investment  Advisors,  LLC (the "Adviser"),  Two Portland Square,
Portland,  Maine 04101, serves as investment adviser to the Funds pursuant to an
investment advisory agreement with the Trust.  Subject to the general control of
the Board,  the Adviser is  responsible  for among other  things,  developing  a
continuing  investment  program for each Fund in accordance  with its investment
objective,  reviewing the  investment  strategies and policies of each Fund, and
advising the Board on the selection of additional Sub-advisers.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         The Adviser has entered into  investment  sub-advisory  agreements with
the Sub-advisers to exercise investment discretion over the assets (or a portion
of assets) of each Fund.

         For its services under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  the Adviser
receives the following fees with respect to the following funds:

                                                   Advisory Fee
                                                (as a percentage of
                                             average daily net assets)

Government Bond Fund.................................   0.35
Corporate Bond Fund..................................   0.35
Growth Equity Fund...................................   0.45
Value Equity Fund....................................   0.45


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
         Like other  mutual  funds,  financial  and business  organizations  and
individuals  around the world,  the Funds  could be  adversely  affected  if the
computer systems used by the Adviser and other service providers to the Funds do
not properly  process and calculate  date-related  information and data from and
after January  2000.  The Adviser has taken steps to address the Year 2000 issue
with  respect  to the  computer  systems  that it uses and to obtain  reasonable
assurances  that  comparable  steps are being  taken by the Funds'  other  major
service  providers.  The Adviser does not  anticipate  that the move to the Year
2000 will have a material impact on its ability to continue to provide the Funds
with service at current levels.

         The Adviser was incorporated  under the laws of Delaware in 1987 and is
registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

INVESTMENT CONSULTANT

         To assist it in carrying out its responsibilities  under the Investment
Advisory   Agreement,   the  Adviser  has   retained   Wellesley   Group,   Inc.
("Wellesley"),  800 South Street, Waltham,  Massachusetts 02154, to provide data
with which the Adviser and the Board can monitor and evaluate the performance of
the Funds and the Sub-advisers.

         If the Board  decides  to add or change  Sub-advisers,  Wellesley  will
assist the  Adviser  and the Board in the  selection  of new  Sub-advisers  with
proven long-term investment  performance and philosophy best suited to the goals
and objectives of the Fund for which the adviser is being considered.  As a part
of this  selection  process,  Wellesley  will  analyze  statistical  information
relating  to  investments  and  performance,  and  evaluate  the risk and return
profiles of the  investment  advisers under  consideration.  Wellesley will also
review such qualitative factors as the advisory firm's ownership, organizational
structure,  business plan, client base, staff resources,  investment philosophy,
research capabilities,  investment  decision-making process, and risk management
disciplines.

SUB-ADVISERS

         The Adviser has retained the  Sub-advisers to render advisory  services
and  make  daily   investment   decisions  for  each  Fund.  The  Adviser  makes
recommendations  to the Board  regarding  the  selection  and retention of these
Sub-advisers.  On an ongoing basis,  the Adviser  evaluates the Sub-advisers and
reports to the Board  concerning  their  investment  results.  The Adviser  also
reviews the investments  made for the Funds by the Sub-advisers to see that they
comply with the Funds' investment objectives, policies and restrictions.

         The following  Sub-advisers  and individuals are primarily  responsible
for the day-to-day management of the Funds:

     THE NORTHERN  TRUST  COMPANY  ("NTC"),  50 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois  60675,  manages the portfolio of the  GOVERNMENT  BOND FUND.  NTC is a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation
that was incorporated in 1889. NTC presently manages  approximately $196 billion
in  assets  for  endowments  and  foundations,  corporations,  public  funds and
insurance  companies.  Mr. James Snyder,  CFA, is Chief  Investment  Officer and
Executive Vice President for NTC. Mr. Snyder brings more than 25


                                       9
<PAGE>

years of experience  managing fixed income asset and holds a Masters in Business
Administration  in Finance  from DePaul  University  in Chicago,  Illinois.  Mr.
Stephen Timbers,  is President of Northern Trust Global Investments and a Member
of the  Management  Committee  of NTC.  Prior to joining  NTC,  Mr.  Timbers was
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Zurich Kemper
Investments,  the  investment  adviser  to  the  Kemper  Funds  and  the  parent
organization of Zurich  Investment  Management,  Inc. Prior to joining Kemper in
1987, Mr. Timbers was Executive Vice President and Chief  Investment  Officer of
the Portfolio Group, Inc. Mr. Timbers holds a Masters in Business Administration
from Harvard University in Cambridge,  Massachusetts. Mr. Mark J. Wirth, CFA, is
Co-Director  of Fixed  Income and  Senior  Vice  President  for NTC.  Mr.  Wirth
co-manages NTC's fixed income  management  division and leads NTC's fixed income
effort  as  a  senior  strategist.   Mr.  Wirth  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration  from the  University of Wisconsin in Madison,  Wisconsin and has
been in the industry since 1986. Mr. Monty Memler,  CFA, is a Vice President and
Senior  Portfolio  Manager  for NTC.  Mr.  Memler has been a member of the fixed
income   team  at  NTC  for  seven   years  and  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration from the University of Chicago in Chicago,  Illinois and has been
in the industry since 1986. Mr. Steven Schafer,  CFA, is a Second Vice President
and Portfolio  Manager for NTC. Mr. Schafer is responsible  for managing  active
and  passive   fixed  income   portfolios   and  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration from the University of Chicago in Chicago,  Illinois. Mr. Schafer
has been in the  industry  since 1990.  Mr.  Michael J.  Lannan,  CFA, is a Vice
President and Portfolio  Manager for NTC. Mr. Lannan holds a Masters in Business
Administration  from Depaul University in Chicago,  Illinois and has been in the
industry since 1988. Mr. Peter T. Marchese,  CFA, is a Second Vice President and
Portfolio   Manager  for  NTC.  Mr.   Marchese   holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration  from the  University of Wisconsin in Madison,  Wisconsin and has
been in the industry since 1987.

     CONSECO CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT,  INC. ("CCM"),  11825 N. Pennsylvania  Street,
Carmel,  Indiana 46032, manages the portfolio of the CORPORATE BOND FUND. CCM is
a  Delaware  corporation  that was  organized  in 1981 and is  registered  as an
investment  adviser under the Advisers Act. CCM is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Conseco,  Inc.,  a  financial  services  holding  company  that owns or controls
several life  insurance  companies.  CCM  presently  manages  approximately  $31
billion  for  individuals,   corporations,   insurance   companies,   investment
companies,  pension plans, trusts, estates, as well as charitable  organizations
including foundations and endowments.  Mr. Maxwell Bublitz, CFA, is President of
CCM and  holds a Masters  in  Business  Administration  from the  University  of
Southern  California in Los Angeles,  California.  Prior to joining CCM in 1987,
Mr. Bublitz was a Portfolio Manager for Transamerica  Investment Services in Los
Angeles,  California. Mr. Thomas A. Meyers, CFA, is the Fund's Portfolio Manager
and is a Senior Vice  President  and Director of Marketing  for CCM. Mr.  Meyers
received his BA from Brown  University in  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  Prior to
joining CCM in 1988, Mr. Meyers was a Securities  Analyst for Capital Research &
Management  in Los  Angeles,  California.  Mr.  Andrew S. Chow,  CFA,  is a Vice
President for CCM and holds a Masters in Business  Administration  from Carnegie
Mellon University in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr.
Chow was a Manager of  Quantitative  Analysis at  Washington  Square  Capital in
Minneapolis,  Minnesota. Mr. Joseph F. DeMichele is a Vice President for CCM and
holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics  from the  University of  Pennsylvania  in
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Prior to joining CCM in 1990, Mr. DeMichele was an
Assistant  Trader for Salomon,  Inc. in New York.  Mr.  Gregory Hahn,  CFA, is a
Senior  Vice  President  and  Portfolio  Manager  for


                                       10
<PAGE>

CCM and holds a Masters in Business  Administration  from Indiana  University in
Indianapolis, Indiana. Prior to joining CCM in 1989, Mr. Hahn was a Fixed Income
Portfolio Manager for Unified Management in Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Gordon N.
Smith, is a Vice President and Portfolio  Manager for CCM and holds a Masters in
Finance from the University of Wisconsin in Madison, Wisconsin. Prior to joining
CCM in 1995, Mr. Smith was a Portfolio Manager for Strong Capital  Management in
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin from 1989 to 1995.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the  separate  accounts  managed by CCM that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Corporate  Bond Fund. The data is provided to illustrate the
past performance of CCM in managing  substantially  similar accounts as measured
against a specified  market  index and does not  represent  the  performance  of
Corporate Bond Fund.  Investors  should not consider this performance data as an
indication of future performance of the Corporate Bond Fund or of CCM.

         These  investment   results  have  been  calculated  and  presented  in
compliance  with the  Performance  Presentation  Standards of the Association of
Investment  Management and Research ("AIMR"),  retroactively applied to all time
periods.  AIMR has not been  involved  with the  preparation  or  review of this
report.  All returns  presented  were  calculated  on a total  return  basis and
include all dividends and interest,  accrued  income and realized and unrealized
gains and losses.  All returns  reflect the  deduction of the actual  investment
advisory fees, brokerage  commissions and execution costs paid by the investment
adviser's private accounts, without provision for federal or state income taxes.
Custodial fees, if any, were not included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by CCM  that  have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially   similar  to  those  of  the  Corporate  Bond  Fund.   Securities
transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  accrual  accounting  is
utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance returns.  Results for
the full period are  time-weighted  and dollar  weighted in accordance with AIMR
standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which  the   Corporate   Bond  Fund  is  subject  nor  to  the   diversification
requirements,  specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations  imposed by
the 1940 Act or  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
(the  "Code").  The Fund's  returns  would be reduced to the extent its fees and
expenses  are  higher  than the  fees  and  expenses  incurred  by the  separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
presentation  below  describes  and  contains  six (6)  accounts  valued,  as of
December 31, 1997, at $71.7 million.

         The investment  results of CCM's private  accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced  by the Fund or an  individual  investor  investing in the Corporate
Bond  Fund.  Investors  should  also be  aware  that  the  use of a  methodology
different  from  that  used  below to  calculate  performance  could  result  in
different  performance data. The Fund's performance will be calculated using the
method  required by the SEC, which differs from the method used to calculate the
performance of the separate accounts.

                                       11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                     <C>
                                                   CCM's Composite
                                                       for the                            Lehman Brothers
                                                   Corporate Bond                            Corporate
Years(s)                                                Style                              Bond Index(2)
- -------                                            ---------------                        ---------------
Since Inception (7/1/1990)(1).............              10.53%                                    9.74%
5 Years (1993-1997)(1).....................              8.83%                                    8.45%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1).....................             11.38%                                   11.65%
1 Year (1997) (1)..........................             10.05%                                   10.24%
1993.......................................             13.57%                                   12.17%
1994.......................................             (2.74%)                                  (3.92%)
1995.......................................             19.59%                                   22.24%
1996.......................................              4.97%                                    3.29%
1997.......................................             10.05%                                   10.24%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The Lehman Brothers Corporate Bond Index represents  taxable,  U.S.
dollar  denominated  debt  securities.  The index is  composed  of all  publicly
issued,  fixed rate,  nonconvertible  investment grade debt registered under the
Securities Act of 1933. The index includes the industrial,  finance, and utility
sectors.  The index also includes  "Yankee  bonds," that is, debt registered and
sold  in the  United  States  by  foreign  issuers,  including  debt  issued  or
guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,  municipalities, or governmental or
international  agencies.  Performance  figures  for  the  Index  do not  reflect
deduction of brokerage commissions, or other transaction costs, nor is the Index
subject to management and other fees charged to the private accounts.

     DAVIS HAMILTON,  INC., D/B/A DAVIS HAMILTON JACKSON & ASSOCIATES  ("DHJA"),
Two Houston Center,  909 Fannin,  Suite 550, Houston,  Texas 77010,  manages the
portfolio of the GROWTH EQUITY FUND. DHJA is a corporation that was organized in
1988  under the laws of the State of Texas and is  registered  as an  investment
adviser  under the Advisers  Act.  DHJA  currently  manages  approximately  $2.2
billion for institutions and high net worth individuals and invests primarily in
domestic equity  securities.  Mr. Jack R. Hamilton,  CFA, is the President and a
shareholder  of DHJA,  and  received  his Bachelor of Arts in Finance from Texas
Tech  University  in Lubbock,  Texas.  Prior to  co-founding  DHJA in 1988,  Mr.
Hamilton was a Vice  President  at Citicorp  Investment  Management  in Houston,
Texas. Mr. Robert C. Davis,  CFA, is the Secretary,  Treasurer and a shareholder
of DHJA,  and  received his M.A. in Economics  from the  University  of Texas at
Arlington in Arlington,  Texas. Prior to co-founding DHJA in 1988, Mr. Davis was
a Senior Vice President at Lovett,  Mitchell, Webb & Garrison in Houston, Texas.
Mr. J.  Patrick  Clegg,  CFA, is the Fund's  Portfolio  Manager and received his
M.B.A. from the University of Texas in Austin,  Texas.  Prior to joining DHJA in
1996,  Mr. Clegg was a Principal and Director of Research at Luther King Capital
Management in Fort Worth, Texas.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the separate  accounts  managed by DHJA that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Growth Equity Fund.  The data is provided to illustrate  the
past performance of DHJA in managing  substantially similar accounts as measured
against a specified  market  index and does not  represent  the  performance  of
Growth Equity Fund.  Investors  should not consider this  performance data as an
indication of future performance of the Growth Equity Fund or of DHJA.

         These  investment   results  have  been  calculated  and  presented  in
compliance  with the  Performance  Presentation  Standards  of AIMR only for the
period January 1, 1993 through  December 31, 1997. Prior to January 1, 1993, not
all fully discretionary  portfolios were represented in appropriate  composites.
Composite  results for the period of July 1, 1988  through  December  31,  1992,
include  fully  discretionary  accounts  over $1.0  million that were managed in
accordance with the quality growth equity  strategy.  AIMR has not been involved
with the  preparation  or review of this  report.  All  returns  presented  were
calculated  on a total  return  basis and include all  dividends  and  interest,
accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses. All returns reflect
the  deduction  of the highest  investment  advisory fee charged to any account,
brokerage  commissions  and  execution  costs paid by the  investment  adviser's
private accounts, without


                                       12
<PAGE>

provision  for federal or state income taxes.  Custodial  fees, if any, were not
included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by DHJA  that have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially   similar  to  those  of  the  Growth   Equity  Fund.   Securities
transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  accrual  accounting  is
utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance returns.  Results for
the period of July 1, 1988 through December 31, 1992 were valued monthly and the
composites  were equal  weighted.  Results for the period  from  January 1, 1993
through  December 31, 1997 are valued  monthly and  portfolio  returns have been
weighted by using  beginning-of-month  market values plus weighted cash flows in
accordance with AIMR standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Growth Equity Fund is subject nor to the diversification requirements,
specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or
Subchapter M of the Code.  The Fund's returns would be reduced to the extent its
fees and expenses are higher than the fees and expenses incurred by the separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
presentation below describes and contains forty-five (45) accounts valued, as of
December 31, 1997, at $1.032 billion.

         The investment  results of DHJA's private accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced by the Fund or an individual investor investing in the Growth Equity
Fund.  Investors  should also be aware that the use of a  methodology  different
from  that  used  below to  calculate  performance  could  result  in  different
performance  data. The Fund's  performance  will be calculated  using the method
required  by the SEC,  which  differs  from the  method  used to  calculate  the
performance of the separate accounts.

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                      <C>
                                                  DHJA's Composite                         Russell 1000
                                                       for the                                Growth
Year(s)                                          Growth Equity Style                         Index(2)
- ------                                           -------------------                       -------------
Since Inception (7/1/1988)(1).........................  17.6%                                  17.95%
5 Years (1993-1997)(1)................................  18.8%                                  18.44%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1) ...............................  28.4%                                  30.18%
1 Year (1997)(1) .....................................  34.9%                                  30.48%
1993..................................................  20.2%                                   2.90%
1994..................................................  (6.9%)                                  2.66%
1995..................................................  35.4%                                  37.19%
1996..................................................  15.9%                                  23.23%
1997..................................................  34.9%                                  30.48%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The  Russell  1000  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 1,000
largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index,  which represents the approximately
90% of the total market  capitalization  of the Russell 3000 Index. (The Russell
3000  consists  of the  3,000  largest  U.S.  companies  based on  total  market
capitalization;  it represents  approximately  98% of the investable U.S. equity
market.)  When the  Russell  1000 was last  reconstituted,  its  average  market
capitalization   was   approximately   $7.6  billion,   and  its  median  market
capitalization was approximately $3.0 billion. The smallest company in the Index
had an  approximate  market  capitalization  of $1.1  billion.  The Growth Index
measures  the   performance   of  those  Russell  1000   companies  with  higher
price-to-book  ratios and higher forecasted growth values.  Performance  figures
for the  Index do not  reflect  deduction  of  brokerage  commissions,  or other
transaction costs, nor is the Index subject to management and other fees charged
to the private accounts.

     BEUTEL,  GOODMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ("BGCM"),  5847 San Felipe, Suite 4500,
Houston, Texas 77057-3011,  manages the portfolio of the VALUE EQUITY FUND. BGCM
is a  partnership  that was organized in 1988 and is registered as an investment
adviser under the Advisers Act. BGCM has two general  partners,  Value Corp. and
Beutel, Goodman America Inc. Beutel, Goodman America Inc. is owned by BG Canada:
51% of BG Canada  is owned by its  employees,  49% is owned by Duff & Phelps,  a
U.S.  public  company  listed  on


                                       13
<PAGE>

the New York Stock  Exchange.  BG Canada is registered as an investment  adviser
with the Ontario  and Quebec  Securities  Commissions.  BGCM  currently  manages
approximately $1.9 billion in assets. Mr. Richard J. Andrews, CFA, has served as
President  and a member of the  Investment  Committee  of BGCM since  1995.  Mr.
Andrews  served as a Vice  President and member of the  Investment  Committee of
BGCM  from  1988  to  1995.  Mr.  Andrews   received  his  Masters  in  Business
Administration from Amos Tuck, Dartmouth College in Hanover, New Hampshire.  Mr.
John  Philip  Ferguson  is the Fund's  Portfolio  Manager and has served as Vice
President  and a member of the  Investment  Committee  of BGCM since  1988.  Mr.
Ferguson  received his Juris Doctor from the  University  of Texas Law School in
Austin, Texas. Mr. Forrest B. Bruch, Jr., CFA, has served as a Portfolio Manager
of BGCM since 1995.  Mr. Bruch  received his Masters in Business  Administration
from the  University of Houston in Houston,  Texas.  Prior to joining BGCM,  Mr.
Bruch was a Managing Director of Investments for Savoy Capital in Houston, Texas
from 1991 to 1994 and a First Vice President for Paine Webber,  Inc. in Houston,
Texas in 1990.  Mr.  Carl  Dinger,  CFA,  has  served  as a Vice  President  and
Portfolio  Manager  for BGCM since  1991.  Mr.  Dinger  received  his Masters in
Business  Administration from Lehigh University.  Prior to joining BGCM in 1991,
Mr.  Dinger was an Analyst  and  Portfolio  Manager  for Bering  Corporation  in
Houston, Texas from 1988 to 1990. Mr. Frank McReynolds Wozencraft, Jr., CFA, has
served as a Vice  President  for BGCM since 1996 and a Portfolio  Manager  since
1993. Mr.  Wozencraft  received his Masters of Management from the J.L.  Kellogg
Graduate School of Management,  Northwestern University, in Evanston,  Illinois.
Prior to joining  BGCM in 1993,  Mr.  Wozencraft  was a  Financial  Analyst  for
Hendricks  Management Co., in Houston,  Texas from 1992 to 1993, and a Financial
Analyst for Criterion Investment Management Company in Houston,  Texas from 1985
to 1990.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the separate  accounts  managed by BGCM that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Value Equity Fund.  The data is provided to  illustrate  the
past performance of BGCM in managing  substantially similar accounts as measured
against a specified market index and does not represent the performance of Value
Equity  Fund.  Investors  should  not  consider  this  performance  data  as  an
indication of future performance of the Value Equity Fund or of BGCM.

         As of January 1, 1993,  these  investment  results have been calculated
and presented in compliance with the Performance Presentation Standards of AIMR.
AIMR has not been involved with the  preparation  or review of this report.  All
returns  presented  were  calculated  on a total  return  basis and  include all
dividends and interest,  accrued  income and realized and  unrealized  gains and
losses.  All  returns  reflect the  deduction  of a  combination  of the highest
investment  advisory fees from 1988 to 1989 and the actual  investment  advisory
fees charged to each account from 1990 through 1997,  brokerage  commissions and
execution  costs paid by the  investment  adviser's  private  accounts,  without
provision  for federal or state income taxes.  Custodial  fees, if any, were not
included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by BGCM  that have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially similar to those of the Value Equity Fund. The performance figures
currently  represent a size-weighted  average of the total return performance of
all fully discretionary, non-wrap, tax-exempt, fee paying U.S. equity portfolios
over  $100,000  in size that  have been  managed  for a full  quarter.  Prior to
January 1, 1993, the composite was  equally-weighted.  Prior to January 1, 1990,

                                       14
<PAGE>

U.S. equity accounts managed by an affiliate company are included;  from January
1, 1990,  only those  portfolios  managed in the U.S. are  included.  Securities
transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  accrual  accounting  is
utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance returns.  Results for
the period from January 1, 1993 through December 31, 1997 are  time-weighted and
dollar weighted in accordance with AIMR standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Value Equity Fund is subject nor to the diversification  requirements,
specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or
Subchapter M of the Code.  The Fund's returns would be reduced to the extent its
fees and expenses are higher than the fees and expenses incurred by the separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
composite below contains  seventy-nine (79) accounts,  valued as of December 31,
1997 at $611.9 million.

         The investment  results of BGCM's private accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced by the Fund or an individual  investor investing in the Value Equity
Fund.  Investors  should also be aware that the use of a  methodology  different
from  that  used  below to  calculate  performance  could  result  in  different
performance  data. The Fund's  performance  will be calculated  using the method
required  by the SEC,  which  differs  from the  method  used to  calculate  the
performance of the separate accounts.
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                      <C>
                                                  BGCM's Composite                         Russell 1000
                                                       for the                                 Value
Year(s)                                          Value Equity Style                          Index(2)
- -------                                          ------------------                        -------------
10 Years (1988-1997)(1)...............................  17.5%                                  18.16%
5 Years (1993-1997(1).................................  20.1%                                  21.36%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1)................................  28.3%                                  31.52%
1 Year (1997)(1)......................................  29.6%                                  35.18%
1993..................................................  23.0%                                  18.12%
1994..................................................  (4.0%)                                 (2.01%)
1995..................................................  32.6%                                  38.34%
1996..................................................  22.9%                                  21.63%
1997..................................................  29.6%                                  35.18%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The  Russell  1000  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 1,000
largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index,  which represents the approximately
90% of the total market  capitalization  of the Russell 3000 Index. (The Russell
3000  consists  of the  3,000  largest  U.S.  companies  based on  total  market
capitalization;  it represents  approximately  98% of the investable U.S. equity
market.)  When the  Russell  1000 was last  reconstituted,  its  average  market
capitalization   was   approximately   $7.6  billion,   and  its  median  market
capitalization was approximately $3.0 billion. The smallest company in the Index
had an  approximate  market  capitalization  of $1.1  billion.  The Value  Index
measures  the   performance   of  those  Russell  1000   companies   with  lower
price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Performance figures for
the  Index  do  not  reflect  deduction  of  brokerage  commissions,   or  other
transaction costs, nor is the Index subject to management and other fees charged
to the private accounts.

         The Adviser  performs  internal due diligence on each  Sub-adviser  and
monitors each  Sub-adviser's  performance.  The Adviser will be responsible  for
communicating   performance   targets  and  evaluations  to  the   Sub-advisers,
supervising each Sub-adviser's compliance with its Fund's fundamental investment
objectives  and  policies,   authorizing   Sub-advisers  to  engage  in  certain
investment  techniques  for the Funds,  and  recommending  to the Board  whether
sub-advisory agreements should be renewed,  modified or terminated.  The Adviser
pays a fee to each of the  Sub-advisers.  These  fees are  borne  solely  by the
Adviser and do not increase the fees paid by  shareholders  of the Funds.  As of
the date of this  Prospectus,  the Adviser will pay NTC, CCM, DHJA, BGCM fees of
0.20%, 0.20%,


                                       15
<PAGE>

0.30%, and 0.30%, respectively,  of the average daily net assets of the Fund for
which the Sub-adviser provides investment advisory services. The amount of these
fees may vary from time to time as a result of  periodic  negotiations  with the
Sub-advisers and pursuant to certain factors described in the SAI. The amount of
advisory  fees paid by each Fund  will not vary as a result  of  changes  in the
Sub-advisory fees, however.

         The Adviser also may from time to time recommend that the Board replace
one or more Sub-advisers or appoint  additional  Sub-advisers,  depending on the
Adviser's  assessment  of what  combination  of  Sub-advisers  it believes  will
optimize each Fund's chances of achieving its investment objective. In the event
that a Sub-adviser  ceased to provide  investment  advisory services for a Fund,
the  Adviser  would  recommend  to the Board a  similarly  qualified  investment
adviser to replace the Sub-adviser but would not manage the Fund's portfolio.

         Section  15(a)  of the  1940 Act  requires  that a Fund's  shareholders
approve its investment  advisory  contracts.  As interpreted,  this  requirement
applies to the Sub-advisory contracts of the Funds. The Trust is applying to the
SEC for a conditional exemption from this shareholder approval requirement.  The
SEC has granted such  applications  in the past,  and the Trust  expects it will
receive the requested  exemption.  Such relief is not certain,  however.  If the
exemption  is  granted,  the  Board  would  be able  to  appoint  additional  or
replacement  Sub-advisers  without  Shareholder  approval.  The Board would not,
however,  be able to  replace  the  Adviser  as  investment  adviser to any Fund
without the approval of that Fund's shareholders.

ADMINISTRATOR

         On behalf of the Fund,  the Trust has  entered  into an  Administration
Agreement  with  Forum  Administrative   Services,  LLC  ("FAdS").   Under  this
agreement,  FAdS is responsible for the supervision of the overall management of
the Trust  (including  the Trust's  receipt of services  for which it must pay),
providing  the Trust  with  general  office  facilities  and  providing  persons
satisfactory to the Board to serve as officers of the Trust. For these services,
FAdS  receives a fee computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.15% of the
average  daily net assets  under $150  million,  and 0.10% of the average  daily
assets over $150 million of each Fund,  subject to an annual  minimum of $30,000
per Fund.

         As of February 28, 1998,  FAdS  administers  investment  companies  and
collective investment funds with assets of approximately $45 billion.

DISTRIBUTOR

         Pursuant to a Distribution  Agreement with the Trust,  Forum  Financial
Services,  Inc. ("FFSI") acts as distributor of the Fund's Shares.  FFSI acts as
the agent of the Trust in  connection  with the  offering of Shares of the Fund.
FFSI receives no compensation for its services under the Distribution Agreement.
FFSI may enter into arrangements  with banks,  broker-dealers or other financial
institutions ("Selected Dealers") through which investors may purchase or redeem
Shares.  FFSI may,  at its own expense  and from its own  resources,  compensate
certain  persons who provide  services in  connection  with the sale or expected
sale of Shares  of the Fund.  Investors  purchasing  Shares of the Fund  through
another financial institution should read any materials and information provided
by the financial  institution to acquaint themselves with its procedures and any
fees that it may charge.  FFSI is a registered  broker-dealer and is a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

DISTRIBUTION EXPENSES

         Under a distribution  plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board,  the Fund
may reimburse FFSI for the distribution expenses incurred by FFSI on behalf of a
Fund.  These  expenses  may  include  the cost of  advertising  and  promotional
materials,   providing  prospective   shareholders  with  a  Fund's  prospectus,
statement of additional  information  and shareholder  reports,  reimbursing the

                                       16
<PAGE>

Adviser for its distribution  expenses and  compensating  others who may provide
assistance in distributing Shares of a Fund. These expenses may include costs of
FFSI's offices such as rent,  communications  equipment,  employee  salaries and
overhead costs. The Trust will not reimburse FFSI for any distribution  expenses
in any fiscal year of a Fund in excess of 0.25% of the Fund's  average daily net
assets.  During  the  period  in which  the Plan  and the  related  Distribution
Agreement are in effect,  the Board will from time to time  determine the amount
of distribution expense  reimbursement to be paid.  Unreimbursed expenses of the
Distributor  incurred during a fiscal year of the Trust may not be reimbursed by
the  Trust  in  future  years  or  after  the  termination  of the  Plan  or the
Distribution   Agreement.   To  the  extent  that  the  Funds  engage  in  joint
distribution  activities,   distribution  costs  will  be  allocated  among  the
participating Funds pro rata according to their net assets.

TRANSFER AGENT

         The Trust has  entered  into a  Transfer  Agency  Agreement  with Forum
Shareholder  Services,  LLC  ("FSS")  pursuant  to which FSS acts as the  Fund's
transfer agent and dividend  disbursing agent. FSS maintains an account for each
shareholder  of the Trust (unless such accounts are  maintained by  sub-transfer
agents),   performs  other  transfer  agency  functions  and  acts  as  dividend
disbursing agent for the Trust.

         Pursuant  to a  separate  agreement,  Forum  Accounting  Services,  LLC
("FAcS") provides portfolio accounting services to each Fund. The Adviser, FAdS,
FFSI, FSS and FAcS are members of the Forum  Financial  Group of companies which
together  provide  a full  range  of  services  to the  investment  company  and
financial  services  industry.  As of October 1, 1997, the Adviser,  FAdS,  FSS,
FFSI,  and FAcS were  controlled  by John Y.  Keffer,  and were  located  at Two
Portland Square, Portland, Maine, 04101.

EXPENSES OF THE TRUST

         Each Fund's expenses comprise Trust expenses  attributable to the Fund,
and a pro rata share of the  Trust's  expenses  that are not  attributable  to a
particular Fund. The Adviser,  FAdS, FSS, FAcS or any other entity that provides
services for the Funds pursuant to a contract with the Trust, may waive all or a
portion of its fees, which are accrued daily, and paid monthly. Any such waiver,
which could be discontinued at any time, would have the effect of increasing the
Fund's  performance  for the  period  during  which the waiver was in effect and
would not be recouped at a later date.

CUSTODY

         BankBoston   serves  as  each   Fund's   custodian   and  may   appoint
subcustodians  for the  foreign  securities  and other  assets  held in  foreign
countries.

4.  HOW TO BUY SHARES

MINIMUM INVESTMENT

         There is a $5,000 minimum for initial  purchases ($2,000 for retirement
accounts  and  automatic  investment  plans) and a $100  minimum for  subsequent
purchases,  of Shares of each Fund. Either management of the Trust or FSS may in
its discretion waive the investment minimums. (See "Other Shareholder Services -
Automatic Investment Plan" and "Dividends and Tax Matters.")

         The Funds reserve the right to reject any subscription for the purchase
of their Shares.  Share  certificates  are issued only to shareholders of record
upon their written request and no certificates are issued for fractional Shares.

PURCHASE PROCEDURES

         THERE ARE THREE WAYS TO PURCHASE SHARES INITIALLY.

BY MAIL

         You may send a check or money order  (cash  cannot be  accepted)  along
with a completed  account  application  form to the Trust at the address  listed
under "Account  Application."  Checks or


                                       17
<PAGE>

money orders are  accepted at full value  subject to  collection.  If a check or
money order does not clear, the purchase order will be canceled and the investor
will be liable for any losses or fees incurred by the Trust, FSS or FAdS.

         For  individual  or Uniform Gift to Minors Act  accounts,  the check or
money order used to purchase  Shares of a Fund must be made payable to "Memorial
Funds" or to one or more  owners  of that  account  and  endorsed  to  "Memorial
Funds." No other method of payment by check will be accepted.  For  corporation,
partnership, trust, 401(k) plan or other non-individual type accounts, the check
used to purchase  Shares of a Fund must be made payable on its face to "Memorial
Funds." No other method of payment by check will be accepted. All purchases must
be paid in U.S.  dollars;  checks  drawn on U.S.  Banks.  Payment by  traveler's
checks is prohibited.

BY BANK WIRE

         You make an  initial  investment  in a Fund  using the wire  system for
transmittal  of money  among  banks.  You should  first  telephone  FSS at (888)
263-5593 to obtain an account  number.  You should then  instruct a bank to wire
your money immediately to:

           BankBoston
           Boston, Massachusetts
           ABA # 011000390
           For Credit To: Forum Financial Corp.
           Account No.: 541-54171
                      Re:        Memorial Funds
                      [Name of Fund] - Trust Shares
                      [Investor's Name]
                      [Investor's Account Number]

         You should then  promptly  complete  and mail the  account  application
form.  Your bank may charge for  transmitting  the money by bank wire. The Trust
does not charge you for the receipt of wire  transfers.  Payment by bank wire is
treated as a federal funds payment when received.

THROUGH FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

         You may also purchase Shares through certain broker-dealers,  banks and
other  financial  institutions   ("Processing   Organizations").   FSS  and  its
affiliates may be Processing Organizations. Processing Organizations may receive
payments  from  FFSI  with  respect  to sales of Trust  Shares  and may  receive
payments  as a  processing  agent from FSS.  Financial  institutions,  including
Processing  Organizations,  may charge their  customers a fee for their services
and are responsible  for promptly  transmitting  purchase,  redemption and other
requests to the Funds.

         If you purchase Shares through a Processing  Organization,  you will be
subject to its procedures  which may include  charges,  limitations,  investment
minimums, cutoff times and restrictions in addition to, or different from, those
applicable to  shareholders  who invest in a Fund directly.  You should acquaint
yourself with your  institution's  procedures and should read this Prospectus in
conjunction with any materials and information provided by their institution. If
you purchase a Fund's Shares through a Processing  Organization,  you may or may
not be the  shareholder  of record and,  subject to your  institution's  and the
Fund's  procedures,  may have Fund Shares  transferred  into your name. There is
typically a three-day  settlement  period for purchases and redemptions  through
broker-dealers.  Certain Processing Organizations also may enter purchase orders
with payment to follow.

         Certain  shareholder  services  may  not  be  available  to  you if you
purchase  Shares  through a  Processing  Organization.  You should  contact your
Processing Organization for further information. The Trust may confirm purchases
and  redemptions  of a  Processing  Organization's  customers  directly  to  the
Processing  Organization,   which  in  turn  will  provide  its  customers  with
confirmations  and periodic  statements.  The Trust is not  responsible  for the
failure  of any  Processing  Organization  to carry out its  obligations  to its
customer.

                                       18
<PAGE>

SUBSEQUENT PURCHASES

         You may make subsequent purchases by mailing a check, by sending a bank
wire or through your Processing  Organization as indicated  above.  All payments
should clearly indicate your name and account number.

ACCOUNT APPLICATION

         An account  application  is included in this  Prospectus.  You may also
obtain an account  application  that is  necessary to open an account by writing
the Trust at the following address:

           MEMORIAL FUNDS
           P.O. BOX 446
           PORTLAND, ME  04112

         To participate  in  shareholder  services not referenced on the account
application form and to change  information on your account (such as addresses),
you should  contact  the Trust.  The Trust  reserves  the right in the future to
modify, limit or terminate any shareholder  privilege upon appropriate notice to
shareholders and to charge a fee for certain shareholder  services,  although no
such fees are currently  contemplated.  You may  terminate  your exercise of any
privilege or participation in any program at any time by writing to the Trust.

GENERAL INFORMATION

         Fund Shares are  continuously  sold on any weekday except days when the
New York Stock Exchange is closed,  normally New Year's Day,  Martin Luther King
Jr. Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence  Day, Labor
Day,  Thanksgiving  Day and Christmas  ("Fund Business Day"). The purchase price
for a  share  of a  Fund  equals  its  net  asset  value  next-determined  after
acceptance of an order in proper form.

         Fund Shares become entitled to receive  dividends and  distributions on
the next Fund Business Day after a purchase order is accepted.

         All payments for Shares must be in U.S.  dollars.  All  transactions in
Fund Shares are effected  through FSS, which accepts orders for  redemptions and
for  subsequent  purchases only from  shareholders  of record.  Shareholders  of
record  will  receive  from the Trust  periodic  statements  listing all account
activity during the statement period.

         For  information  regarding  purchase  and  redemption  of  shareholder
accounts, please call Forum Shareholder Services at (888)-263-5593.

5.  HOW TO SELL SHARES

GENERAL INFORMATION

         Fund  Shares may be sold  ("redeemed")  at their net asset value on any
Fund Business Day.  There is no minimum  period of investment and no restriction
on the frequency of redemptions.

         Fund Shares are redeemed at the Fund's net asset value next  determined
after FSS  receives  the  redemption  order in proper  form (and any  supporting
documentation that FSS may require). Redeemed Shares are not entitled to receive
dividends declared after the day the redemption becomes effective.

         Normally,  redemption  proceeds are paid  immediately,  but in no event
later than seven days,  following  receipt of a  redemption  order.  Proceeds of
redemption requests (and exchanges),  however, will not be paid unless any check
used to purchase the Shares being redeemed has been cleared by the shareholder's
bank,  which may take up to 15 days.  This  delay may be  avoided  by paying for
Shares through wire transfers.  Unless otherwise indicated,  redemption proceeds
normally are paid by check mailed to the shareholder's record address. The right
of redemption may not be suspended nor the payment dates postponed for more than
seven days after the  tender of the Shares to a Fund,  except  when the New York
Stock Exchange is closed (or when trading on the Exchange is restricted) for any
reason  other than its  customary  weekend or holiday  closings,  for any period
during  which an emergency  exists as a result of which  disposal by the Fund of
its portfolio  securities or  determination  by 


                                       19
<PAGE>

the Fund of the value of its net assets is not  reasonably  practicable  and for
such other periods as the SEC may permit.

REDEMPTION PROCEDURES

         If you invested  through a Processing  Organization you may redeem your
Shares through the Processing  Organization as described  above. If you invested
directly in a Fund, you may redeem your Shares as described  below.  If you wish
to redeem Shares by telephone or receive  redemption  proceeds by bank wire, you
must elect these options by properly completing the appropriate sections of your
account  application  form.  These privileges may not be available until several
weeks after your  application is received.  Shares for which  certificates  have
been issued may not be redeemed by telephone.

BY MAIL

         You may redeem Shares by sending a written  request to FSS  accompanied
by any  share  certificate  that may have  been  issued  to the  shareholder  to
evidence the Shares being redeemed.  All written requests for redemption must be
signed  by the  shareholder  with  signature  guaranteed,  and all  certificates
submitted for  redemption  must be endorsed by the  shareholder  with  signature
guaranteed. (See "How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

BY TELEPHONE

         If you have elected telephone redemption privileges,  you may request a
redemption by calling FSS at (888) 263-5593 and providing  your account  number,
the exact name in which your Shares are registered  and your social  security or
taxpayer   identification  number.  In  response  to  the  telephone  redemption
instruction,  the Trust will mail a check to your record address or, if you have
elected wire redemption privileges, wire the proceeds.
(See "How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

BY BANK WIRE

         For  redemptions  of  more  than  $5,000,  if  you  have  elected  wire
redemption  privileges,  you may  request  a Fund to  transmit  proceeds  of any
redemption  over  $5,000  by  federal  funds  wire to a bank  account  that  you
previously designated in writing. To request bank wire redemptions by telephone,
you also  must have  elected  the  telephone  redemption  privilege.  Redemption
proceeds  are  transmitted  by wire on the day after FSS  receives a  redemption
request in proper form.

OTHER REDEMPTION MATTERS

         To protect  shareholders  and the Funds  against  fraud,  signatures on
certain  requests  must have a  signature  guarantee.  Requests  must be made in
writing and include a signature guarantee for any of the following transactions:
(1)  any  endorsement  on a share  certificate;  (2)  instruction  to  change  a
shareholder's  record name; (3)  modification  of a designated  bank account for
wire  redemptions;  (4)  instruction  regarding an Automatic  Investment Plan or
Automatic Withdrawal Plan; (5) dividend and distribution election; (6) telephone
redemption;  (7)  exchange  option  election  or any other  option  election  in
connection with the  shareholder's  account;  (8) written  instruction to redeem
Shares whose value exceeds  $50,000;  (9)  redemption in an account in which the
account  address has changed within the last 30 days;  (10)  redemption when the
proceeds are deposited in a Memorial  Funds  account  under a different  account
registration;  and (11) the  remitting  of  redemption  proceeds to any address,
person or account for which there are not established  standing  instructions on
the account.

         Signature  guarantees  may  be  provided  by any  bank,  broker-dealer,
national  securities  exchange,  credit  union,  savings  association  or  other
eligible   institution  that  is  authorized  to  guarantee  signatures  and  is
acceptable to FSS. Whenever a signature guarantee is required,  the signature of
each person required to sign for the account must be guaranteed.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         Shareholders  who want to telephone  redemption or exchange  privileges
must elect those privileges. The Trust and FSS will employ reasonable procedures
in order to verify that  telephone  requests  are genuine,  including  recording
telephone  instructions  and  causing  written  confirmations  of the  resulting
transactions  to be sent to  shareholders.  If the Trust and FSS did not  employ
such  procedures,  they  could be  liable  for  losses  due to  unauthorized  or
fraudulent  telephone  instructions.  Shareholders should verify the accuracy of
telephone  instructions  immediately  upon receipt of  confirmation  statements.
During times of drastic  economic or market  changes,  telephone  redemption and
exchange  privileges  may  be  difficult  to  implement.  In  the  event  that a
shareholder  is  unable  to reach FSS by  telephone,  requests  may be mailed or
hand-delivered to FSS.

         Due to the cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the Trust reserves the
right to redeem,  upon not less than 60 days' written notice,  all Shares in any
Fund account  whose  aggregate  net asset value is less than $2,000  immediately
following any redemption.

         FSS will deem a shareholder's  account "lost" if  correspondence to the
shareholder's  address  of record  is  returned  as  undeliverable,  unless  FSS
determines  the  shareholder's  new address.  When an account is deemed lost all
distributions  on the account will be  reinvested  in  additional  Shares of the
Fund. In addition, the amount of any outstanding (unpaid for six months or more)
checks for  distributions  that have been returned to FSS will be reinvested and
the checks will be canceled.

6.  OTHER SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

EXCHANGES

         Shareholders  of one Fund may exchange their Shares for Trust Shares of
any of the other  Memorial  Funds,  as well as for  Institutional  Service class
shares of Forum Daily Assets  Government  Fund.  A  prospectus  for Daily Assets
Government Fund can be obtained by contacting FSS.

         The Funds do not charge for exchanges,  and there is currently no limit
on the number of exchanges you may make.  The Funds reserve the right,  however,
to limit excessive  exchanges by any  shareholder.  Exchanges are subject to the
fees charged by, and the limitations (including minimum investment restrictions)
of, the Fund into which a shareholder is exchanging.

         Exchanges may only be made between  identically  registered accounts or
by opening a new account.  A new account  application  is required to open a new
account  through  an  exchange  if the new  account  will not have an  identical
registration and the same  shareholder  privileges as the account from which the
exchange is being made.  You may exchange into a Fund only if that Fund's Shares
may legally be sold in your state of residence.

         Under  federal tax law, an  exchange is treated as a  redemption  and a
purchase.  Accordingly,  you may  realize a capital  gain or loss  depending  on
whether the value of the Shares  redeemed is more or less than your basis in the
Shares  at the time of the  exchange  transaction.  Exchange  procedures  may be
amended  materially  or terminated by the Trust at any time upon 60 days' notice
to shareholders.  (See "Additional  Purchase and Redemption  Information" in the
SAI.)

EXCHANGES BY MAIL

     You may make an exchange by sending a written request to FSS accompanied by
any share certificates for the Shares to be exchanged. You must sign all written
requests for exchanges and endorse all certificates  submitted for exchange with
your  signature  guaranteed.  (See  "How  to Sell  Shares  --  Other  Redemption
Matters.")

EXCHANGES BY TELEPHONE

         If you  have  elected  telephone  exchange  privileges,  you may make a
telephone  exchange  request by calling FSS at (888)  263-5593 and providing the

                                       21
<PAGE>

account number, the exact name in which the shareholder's  Shares are registered
and your social security or taxpayer  identification  number.  (See "How to Sell
Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN

         Under the Funds' Automatic  Investment Plan, you may authorize  monthly
amounts of $100 or more to be withdrawn  automatically  from a  designated  bank
account  (other than passbook  savings) and sent to FSS for investment in Shares
of a Fund. If you wish to use this plan, you must complete an application  which
may be obtained by writing or calling FSS. The Trust may modify or terminate the
automatic investment plan with respect to any shareholder if the Trust is unable
to  settle  any  transaction  with  the  shareholder's  bank.  If the  Automatic
Investment Plan is terminated  before the  shareholder's  account totals $2,000,
the Trust  reserves  the  right to close  the  account  in  accordance  with the
procedures described under "How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters."

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

         The Funds may be a suitable  investment  vehicle for part or all of the
assets  held  in  individual   retirement  accounts  ("IRAs").  An  IRA  account
application  form may be obtained  by  contacting  the Trust at (888)  263-5593.
Generally,  all  contributions  and  investment  earnings  in  an  IRA  will  be
tax-deferred   until  withdrawn.   Individuals  may  make   tax-deductible   IRA
contributions of up to a maximum of $2,000 annually. However, the deduction will
be reduced if the individual or, in the case of a married individual, either the
individual  or  the  individual's   spouse,  is  an  active  participant  in  an
employer-sponsored  retirement  plan and has adjusted gross income above certain
levels.

         The foregoing  discussion  regarding  IRAs is based on  regulations  in
effect as of June 1, 1997 and summarizes only some of the important  federal tax
considerations  generally  affecting IRA  contributions  made by  individuals or
their employers. It is not intended as a substitute for tax planning.  Investors
should  consult their tax advisors with respect to their specific tax situations
as well as with respect to state and local taxes.

AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN

         If your  Shares  in a single  account  total  $1,000  or more,  you may
establish a withdrawal plan to provide for the pre-authorized  payment from your
account of $250 or more on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual basis.
Under the  withdrawal  plan,  sufficient  Shares in your account are redeemed to
provide the amount of the periodic  payment and you will  recognize  any taxable
gain  or loss  upon  redemption  of the  Shares.  If you  wish  to  utilize  the
withdrawal  plan,  you  may do so by  completing  an  application  which  may be
obtained  by writing  or  calling  FSS.  The Trust may  suspend a  shareholder's
withdrawal  plan without notice if the account  contains  insufficient  funds to
effect a withdrawal or if the account balance is less than $1,000 at any time.

REOPENING ACCOUNTS

         You may reopen an account,  without  filing a new  account  application
form,  at any  time  within  one year  after  your  account  is  closed,  if the
information  on the  account  application  form on file  with the Trust is still
applicable.

7.  DIVIDENDS AND TAX MATTERS

DIVIDENDS

         The Fixed Income Funds declare dividends daily and pay dividends of net
investment  income  monthly.  The Equity Funds  declare and pay dividends of net
investment income, if any,  quarterly.  Each Fund's net capital gain, if any, is
distributed  annually.   All  dividends  and  distributions  are  reinvested  in
additional Fund Shares unless the shareholder elects to have them paid in cash.

PAYMENT OPTIONS

         You may choose to have dividends and distributions of a Fund reinvested
in Shares of that Fund 


                                       22
<PAGE>

(the "Reinvestment Option"), to receive dividends and distributions in cash (the
"Cash  Option") or to direct  dividends  and  distributions  to be reinvested in
Shares of another Fund (the  "Directed  Dividend  Option").  All  dividends  and
distributions  are treated in the same manner for  federal  income tax  purposes
whether received in cash or reinvested in Shares of a Fund.

         Under the  Reinvestment  Option,  all dividends and  distributions of a
Fund are automatically invested in additional Shares of that Fund. All dividends
and  distributions  are reinvested at a Fund's net asset value as of the payment
date of the dividend or  distribution.  You will be assigned  this option unless
you select one of the other two options.  Under the Cash Option,  all  dividends
and  distributions  are paid to the  shareholder  in cash.  Under  the  Directed
Dividend Option, shareholders of a Fund whose Shares in a single account of that
Fund total  $10,000 or more may elect to have all  dividends  and  distributions
reinvested  in Shares of another  Fund,  provided that those Shares are eligible
for  sale in the  shareholder's  state of  residence.  For  further  information
concerning the Directed Dividend Option, shareholders should contact FSS.

TAX MATTERS

         Each Fund  intends to  qualify  for each  fiscal  year to be taxed as a
"regulated  investment  company"  under the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code").  As such,  each Fund will not be liable for federal income
and excise taxes on the net investment  income and net capital gain  distributed
to its  shareholders.  Because  each Fund intends to  distribute  all of its net
investment income and net capital gain each year, each Fund should thereby avoid
all federal income and excise taxes.

         Dividends  paid by a Fund out of its net investment  income  (including
net  short-  term  capital  gain) are  taxable  to  shareholders  of the Fund as
ordinary income.  Pursuant to the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, two different tax
rates apply to net capital  gains--that is, the excess of net gains from capital
assets held for more than one year over net losses from capital  assets held for
not more than one year. One rate (generally 28%) applies to net gains on capital
assets  held for more  than one  year  but not more  than 18  months  ("mid-term
gains"),  and a second rate  (generally  20%) applies to the balance of such net
capital gains  ("adjusted net capital  gains").  Distributions of mid-term gains
and  adjusted  net  capital  gains  will be  taxable  to  shareholders  as such,
regardless  of how  long a  shareholder  has  held  Shares  in  the  Fund.  If a
shareholder  holds Shares for six months or less and during that period receives
a long-term  capital  gain  distribution,  any loss  realized on the sale of the
Shares  during that  six-month  period will be a long-term  capital  loss to the
extent of the  distribution.  Dividends and  distributions  reduce the net asset
value of the Fund  paying  the  dividend  or  distribution  by the amount of the
dividend or distribution.  Furthermore,  a dividend or distribution made shortly
after the  purchase  of Shares,  although  in effect a return of capital to you,
will be taxable as described above.

         Each Fund is  required by federal  law to  withhold  31% of  reportable
payments  (which  may  include   dividends,   capital  gain   distributions  and
redemptions)  paid to a shareholder who fails to provide the Fund with a correct
taxpayer  identification  number or to make required  certifications,  or who is
subject to backup withholding.

         Reports containing appropriate  information with respect to the federal
income tax status of dividends  and  distributions  paid during the year by each
Fund will be mailed to  shareholders  shortly  after the close of each  calendar
year.

8. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF FUNDS' INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES AND RISKS 

IN GENERAL

         This  section  describes  in more  detail the Funds'  investments,  the
investment practices and


                                       23
<PAGE>

strategies that the Sub-advisers may employ for a Fund, and the risks associated
with these investments and practices.

         A FURTHER  DESCRIPTION  OF THE FUNDS'  INVESTMENT  POLICIES,  INCLUDING
ADDITIONAL FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES, IS CONTAINED IN THE SAI.

         A Fund must invest in  accordance  with its  investment  objective  and
stated investment policies.  The holders of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund must approve any change to a Fund's investment  objective
or to an investment policy designated as fundamental.  A majority of outstanding
voting  securities  means the lesser of 67% of the Shares present or represented
at a  shareholders'  meeting  at  which  the  holders  of more  than  50% of the
outstanding  Shares  are  present  or  represented,  or  more  than  50%  of the
outstanding Shares.  Unless otherwise indicated,  the investment policies of the
Funds are not  fundamental  and may be changed by the Board without  shareholder
approval.  A Fund will apply the percentage  restrictions on its investments set
forth in its investment  policies when the investment is made. If the percentage
of a Fund's  assets  committed  to a  particular  investment  or practice  later
increases  because  of a change  in the  market  values  of a Fund's  assets  or
redemptions  of  Fund  Shares,  it  will  not  constitute  a  violation  of  the
limitation.

CORE AND GATEWAY(R)

         Notwithstanding  the Funds' other  investment  policies,  each Fund may
seek  to  achieve  its  investment   objective  by  converting  to  a  Core  and
Gatewaystructure, upon future action by the Board and notice to shareholders. If
a Fund  converts to a Core and Gateway  structure,  it would seek to achieve its
investment  objective by  investing  all or a portion of its assets in shares of
another  diversified,   open-end  management  investment  company  that  has  an
investment  objective and investment policies  substantially  similar to that of
the Fund.

FIXED INCOME SECURITIES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS

INTEREST RATE RISK
         All fixed income securities,  including U.S. Government Securities, can
change in value when there is a change in interest rates or the issuer's  actual
or  perceived  creditworthiness  or  ability to meet its  obligations.  There is
normally  an  inverse  relationship  between  the  market  value  of  securities
sensitive to prevailing  interest rates and actual changes in interest rates. In
other words,  an increase in interest rates produces a decrease in market value.
Moreover,  the longer the remaining  maturity (and duration) of a security,  the
greater will be the effect of interest  rate changes on the market value of that
security.  Changes in the ability of an issuer to make  payments of interest and
principal and in the market's  perception of an issuer's  creditworthiness  will
also  affect  the  market  value  of the debt  securities  of that  issuer.  The
possibility  exists  that,  the  ability  of any  issuer to pay,  when due,  the
principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

CREDIT RISK AND RATINGS

         The Fixed  Income  Funds'  investments  are  subject to  "credit  risk"
relating to the financial  condition of the issuers of the securities  that each
Fund  holds.  Each  Fund  attempts  to limit its  credit  risk by  limiting  its
investment in securities  rated in lower  categories by a Nationally  Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization ("NRSRO").

         The Government Bond Fund invests at least 90% of its net assets in U.S.
Government  Securities.  For this reason its exposure to credit risk is limited.
It may,  however,  invest  up to 10% of its net  assets  in  "investment  grade"
corporate  debt  instruments.  Accordingly,  the  Government  Bond  Fund may not
purchase any corporate debt instrument  having a long-term  rating for corporate
bonds,  including convertible bonds, lower than are "Baa" in the case of Moody's
Investors Service ("Moody's") and "BBB" in the case of Standard & Poor's ("S&P")
and Fitch Investors Service,  L.P.


                                       24
<PAGE>

("Fitch");  the lowest  permissible  long-term  investment  grades for preferred
stock are "Baa" in the case of  Moody's  and "BBB" in the case of S&P and Fitch;
and the lowest  permissible  short-term  investment  grades for short-term debt,
including commercial paper, are Prime-2 (P-2) in the case of Moody's, A-2 in the
case of S&P and F-2 in the case of Fitch.  Although considered investment grade,
Moody's indicates that securities rated Baa have speculative characteristics.

         The  Corporate  Bond Fund also  attempts  to limit its  credit  risk by
limiting its investment in securities  rated in lower categories by a Nationally
Recognized  Statistical  Rating  Organization  ("NRSRO").  At  least  80% of the
corporate debt securities  that the Fund purchases must be investment  grade. No
more than 5% of the Fund's net assets may be lower than  investment  grade.  The
Fund will attempt to maintain a minimum average  portfolio  rating,  on a dollar
weighted basis, of A by Moody's, S&P or Fitch.

         The Fixed  Income  Funds also may purchase  unrated  securities  if the
portfolio manager determines the security to be of comparable quality to a rated
security that the Fund may purchase.  Unrated  securities may not be as actively
traded as rated  securities.  Each Fund may retain a security  whose  rating has
been lowered below the Fund's lowest  permissible  rating  category (or that are
unrated  and  determined  by the  Sub-adviser  to be of  comparable  quality  to
securities  whose rating has been lowered  below the Fund's  lowest  permissible
rating category) if the portfolio manager determines that retaining the security
is in the best interests of the Fund.  Because a ratings downgrade often results
in a  reduction  in the  market  price  of the  security,  sale of a  downgraded
security may result in a loss.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

         The  Fixed  Income  Funds  may  invest  in U.S.  Government  Securities
including U.S. Treasury  Securities and obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S.
Government  agencies  and  instrumentalities  and  backed by the full  faith and
credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as those  guaranteed by the Small Business
Administration  or  issued  by  the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association
("Ginnie Mae").

         The  Corporate  Bond  Fund  also may  invest  in  securities  supported
primarily or solely by the creditworthiness of the issuer, such as securities of
the Federal National Mortgage  Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("Freddie Mac") and the Tennessee Valley Authority.  There
is no guarantee that the U.S.  Government will support  securities not backed by
its  full  faith  and  credit.  Accordingly,   although  these  securities  have
historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity, they
may involve more risk than securities backed by the U.S. Government's full faith
and credit.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

         The Fixed  Income Funds may invest in  securities  that pay interest at
rates that are adjusted periodically  according to a specified formula,  usually
with  reference  to some  interest  rate  index or  market  interest  rate  (the
"underlying  index").  Such adjustments  minimize changes in the market value of
the  obligation  and,  accordingly,  enhance  the  ability of the Fund to reduce
fluctuations in its net asset value.  Variable and floating rate instruments are
subject to changes in value based on changes in market interest rates or changes
in the issuer's creditworthiness.

         There may not be an active  secondary  market for  certain  floating or
variable rate instruments which could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose of
the  instrument  during  periods  that the Fund is not  entitled to exercise any
demand  rights it may have. A Fund could,  for this or other  reasons,  suffer a
loss with respect to an instrument.  A Fund's Sub-adviser monitors the liquidity
of the Fund's  investment in variable and floating rate  instruments,  but there
can be no guarantee that an active secondary market will exist.

                                       25
<PAGE>

DEMAND NOTES

         The Fixed Income Funds may purchase  variable and floating  rate demand
notes of corporations,  which are unsecured obligations redeemable upon not more
than 30 days' notice.  These obligations include master demand notes that permit
investment  of  fluctuating  amounts at varying  rates of  interest  pursuant to
direct  arrangement  with the  issuer of the  instrument.  The  issuers of these
obligations  often  have  the  right,  after a given  period,  to  prepay  their
outstanding principal amount of the obligations upon a specified number of days'
notice.  These obligations  generally are not traded,  nor generally is there an
established secondary market for these obligations.  To the extent a demand note
does not have a seven day or  shorter  demand  feature  and there is no  readily
available  market for the  obligation,  it is treated as an  illiquid  security.
Although a Fund would  generally not be able to resell a master demand note to a
third party, the Fund is entitled to demand payment from the issuer at any time.
The Sub-advisers  continuously  monitor the financial condition of the issuer to
determine the issuer's likely ability to make payment on demand.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CONTRACTS

         The Corporate Bond Fund may invest in guaranteed  investment  contracts
("GICs"). A GIC is an arrangement with an insurance company under which the Fund
contributes  cash to the insurance  company's  general account and the insurance
company credits the contribution  with interest on a monthly basis. The interest
rate is tied to a specified  market  index and is  guaranteed  by the  insurance
company not to be less than a certain minimum rate. The Fund will purchase a GIC
only when the Sub-adviser  has determined  that the GIC presents  minimal credit
risks to the Fund and is of  comparable  quality to other  instruments  that the
Fund may purchase.

ZERO-COUPON SECURITIES

         The Fixed Income Funds may invest in  separately  traded  principal and
interest  components  of securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Treasury.
These components are traded  independently under the Treasury's Separate Trading
of  Registered  Interest and Principal of  Securities  ("STRIPS")  program or as
Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping ("CUBES").

         The  Corporate  Bond  Fund may also  invest in other  types of  related
zero-coupon  securities.  For instance,  a number of banks and  brokerage  firms
separate the principal and interest  portions of U.S.  Treasury  Securities  and
sell  them  separately  in the form of  receipts  or  certificates  representing
undivided  interests in these instruments.  These instruments are generally held
by a bank in a  custodial  or trust  account  on  behalf  of the  owners  of the
securities and are known by various names,  including Treasury Receipts ("TRs"),
Treasury  Investment  Growth Receipts  ("TIGRs") and  Certificates of Accrual on
Treasury  Securities  ("CATS").  Zero-coupon  securities  also may be  issued by
corporations and municipalities.

         Zero-coupon  securities  are sold at original issue discount and pay no
interest to holders  prior to  maturity,  but the Fund must include a portion of
the  original  issue  discount  of the  security  as  income.  Because  of this,
zero-coupon  securities  may be subject to greater  fluctuation  of market value
than the other securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund distributes all
of its net  investment  income,  and may have to sell  portfolio  securities  to
distribute imputed income,  which may occur at a time when the Sub-adviser would
not have chosen to sell such  securities  and which may result in a taxable gain
or loss.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

         The Fixed Income Funds may invest in  mortgage-backed  securities.  The
Government Bond Fund may only invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by the
government or  government-related  issuers  described  below. The CORPORATE BOND
FUND may also invest in mortgage-backed securities of private issuers.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages
originated  by  lenders  such as  commercial  banks,  savings  associations  and
mortgage  bankers  and  brokers.  Mortgage-backed  securities  may be  issued by
governmental or government-related entities or by non-governmental entities such
as special  purpose  trusts  created  by banks,  savings  associations,  private
mortgage insurance companies or mortgage bankers.

         Interests in mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of debt
securities,  which  normally  provide for periodic  payment of interest in fixed
amounts  with  principal  payments at maturity or on  specified  call dates.  In
contrast,  mortgage-backed  securities provide monthly payments which consist of
interest and, in most cases,  principal.  In effect, these payments are a "pass-
through" of the  monthly  payments  made by the  individual  borrowers  on their
mortgage  loans,  net  of any  fees  paid  to the  issuer  or  guarantor  of the
securities or a mortgage loan servicer.  Additional payments to holders of these
securities are caused by  prepayments  resulting from the sale or foreclosure of
the underlying property or refinancing of the underlying loans.

         GOVERNMENT AND GOVERNMENT-RELATED  GUARANTORS. The principal government
guarantor of  mortgage-backed  securities is Ginnie Mae, a  wholly-owned  United
States  Government  corporation  within  the  Department  of  Housing  and Urban
Development.  Mortgage-backed  securities  are also  issued  by  Fannie  Mae,  a
government-sponsored  corporation owned entirely by private stockholders that is
subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development,
and Freddie Mac, a corporate  instrumentality  of the United States  Government.
While Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each  guarantee  the payment of  principal  and
interest on the  securities  they issue,  unlike  Ginnie Mae  securities,  their
securities  are not backed by the full  faith and  credit of the  United  States
Government.

         PRIVATELY ISSUED  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Corporate Bond Fund
may also invest in mortgage-backed  securities offered by private issuers. These
include  pass-through  securities  comprised of pools of  conventional  mortgage
loans; mortgage-backed bonds (which are considered to be debt obligations of the
institution  issuing the bonds and which are  collateralized by mortgage loans);
and collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  which are described below.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by non-governmental issuers may offer a higher
rate of interest than  securities  issued by government  issuers  because of the
absence  of  direct  or  indirect   government   guarantees  of  payment.   Many
non-governmental  issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed  securities,  however,
guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on these  securities.  Timely
payment of interest and  principal  also may be  supported  by various  forms of
insurance, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard policies.

         UNDERLYING  MORTGAGES.  Pools of  mortgages  consist of whole  mortgage
loans or  participations in mortgage loans. The majority of these loans are made
to purchasers of 1-4 family homes, but may be made to purchasers of mobile homes
or other real estate interests.  The terms and  characteristics  of the mortgage
instruments  are generally  uniform within a pool but may vary among pools.  For
example, in addition to fixed-rate, fixed-term mortgages, the Funds may purchase
pools of variable rate mortgages,  growing equity  mortgages,  graduated payment
mortgages and other types. Mortgage servicers impose qualification standards for
local lending  institutions  which originate  mortgages for the pools as well as
credit standards and underwriting  criteria for individual mortgages included in
the pools.  In addition,  many mortgages  included in pools are insured  through
private mortgage insurance companies.

         LIQUIDITY    AND    MARKETABILITY.     Generally,     government    and
government-related   pass-through   pools  are  highly  liquid.   While  private
conventional pools of mortgages (pooled by non-government-


                                       27
<PAGE>

related  entities)  have also  achieved  broad market  acceptance  and an active
secondary market has emerged,  the market for conventional  pools is smaller and
less  liquid  than the market for  government  and  government-related  mortgage
pools.

         AVERAGE LIFE AND PREPAYMENTS.  The average life of a pass-through  pool
varies with the maturities of the underlying mortgage instruments.  In addition,
a pool's terms may be shortened by  unscheduled  or early  payments of principal
and interest on the underlying mortgages. Prepayments with respect to securities
during times of declining interest rates will tend to lower the return of a Fund
and may even result in losses to the Fund if the  securities  were acquired at a
premium.  The occurrence of mortgage  prepayments is affected by various factors
including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location
and  age of the  mortgage  and  other  social  and  demographic  conditions.  As
prepayment  rates  of  individual  pools  vary  widely,  it is not  possible  to
accurately  predict the average life of a particular  pool. The assumed  average
life of pools of mortgages having terms of 30 years or less is typically between
5 and 12 years.

         YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  Yields on  pass-through  securities are typically
quoted based on the maturity of the  underlying  instruments  and the associated
average  life  assumption.  In  periods of  falling  interest  rates the rate of
prepayment  tends to increase,  thereby  shortening the actual average life of a
pool of mortgages. Conversely, in periods of rising rates the rate of prepayment
tends to  decrease,  thereby  lengthening  the actual  average life of the pool.
Actual  prepayment  experience  may cause the yield to differ  from the  assumed
average life yield.  Reinvestment  of  prepayments  may occur at higher or lower
interest rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of a Fund.

         ADJUSTABLE   RATE   MORTGAGE-BACKED    SECURITIES.    Adjustable   rate
mortgage-backed securities ("ARMs") are securities that have interest rates that
are reset at periodic  intervals,  usually by  reference to some  interest  rate
index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a
buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these
securities  are still  subject to  changes  in value  based on changes in market
interest  rates or  changes  in the  issuer's  creditworthiness.  Because of the
resetting of interest  rates,  adjustable  rate  securities are less likely than
non-adjustable  rate  securities of comparable  quality and maturity to increase
significantly  in value when market  interest rates fall.  Also, most adjustable
rate  securities  (or the  underlying  mortgages) are subject to caps or floors.
"Caps" limit the maximum  amount by which the interest rate paid by the borrower
may  change at each  reset  date or over the life of the loan and,  accordingly,
fluctuation  in  interest  rates above these  levels  could cause such  mortgage
securities  to "cap out" and to  behave  more like  long-term,  fixed-rate  debt
securities.  ARMs may have less risk of a decline  in value  during  periods  of
rapidly  rising  rates,  but they  also  may have  less  potential  for  capital
appreciation  than other debt  securities  of comparable  maturities  due to the
periodic adjustment of the interest rate on the underlying  mortgages and due to
the likelihood of increased  prepayments of mortgages as interest rates decline.
Furthermore,  during periods of declining interest rates,  income to a Fund will
decrease  as the coupon rate  resets  along with the decline in interest  rates.
During  periods of rising  interest  rates,  changes in the coupon  rates of the
mortgages  underlying the Fund's ARMs may lag behind changes in market  interest
rates. This may result in a lower value until the interest rate resets to market
rates.

         COLLATERALIZED   MORTGAGE   OBLIGATIONS.   CMOs  are  debt  obligations
collateralized by mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities issued by Ginnie
Mae, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae or by pools of conventional  mortgages ("Mortgage
Assets").  CMOs may be privately issued or U.S. Government Securities.  Payments
of  principal  and  interest on the  Mortgage  Assets are passed  through to the
holders of the CMOs on the same schedule as they are received, although, certain
classes


                                       28
<PAGE>

(often  referred to as tranches) of CMOs have  priority  over other classes with
respect to the receipt of payments. Multi-class mortgage pass-through securities
are interests in trusts that hold Mortgage Assets and that have multiple classes
similar to those of CMOs. Unless the context indicates otherwise,  references to
CMOs include multi-class mortgage pass-through securities. Payments of principal
of and interest on the underlying  Mortgage Assets (and in the case of CMOs, any
reinvestment income thereon) provide funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or to
make  scheduled   distributions   on  the  multi-class   mortgage   pass-through
securities. Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on
each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous  payments are taken
into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final  distribution date
of each  class,  which,  as with  other CMO  structures,  must be retired by its
stated  maturity  date or final  distribution  date but may be retired  earlier.
Planned amortization class mortgage-based securities ("PAC Bonds") are a form of
parallel  pay CMO.  PAC Bonds are  designed  to provide  relatively  predictable
payments of principal  provided that, among other things,  the actual prepayment
experience on the underlying  mortgage loans falls within a contemplated  range.
If the actual  prepayment  experience on the  underlying  mortgage loans is at a
rate faster or slower than the  contemplated  range, or if deviations from other
assumptions  occur,  principal  payments on a PAC Bond may be greater or smaller
than predicted. The magnitude of the contemplated range varies from one PAC Bond
to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments will be greater
or smaller than contemplated. CMOs may have complicated structures and generally
involve more risks than simpler forms of mortgage-related securities.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
         The Corporate Bond Fund may invest in  asset-backed  securities.  These
securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and
payable from,  assets other than  mortgage-related  assets such as motor vehicle
installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types
of real and personal  property and  receivables  from  revolving  credit (credit
card)  agreements.  The Fund may not  invest  more than 15% of its net assets in
asset-backed  securities  that are backed by a  particular  type of credit,  for
instance, credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities, including adjustable
rate asset-backed  securities,  have yield  characteristics  similar to those of
mortgage-related  securities and,  accordingly,  are subject to many of the same
risks.

         Assets are  securitized  through the use of trusts and special  purpose
corporations  that issue  securities  that are often  backed by a pool of assets
representing  the  obligations  of a number of  different  parties.  Payments of
principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain
time  period  by  a  letter  of  credit  issued  by  a  financial   institution.
Asset-backed securities do not always have the benefit of a security interest in
collateral comparable to the security interests associated with mortgage-related
securities.  As a result, the risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might
be unavailable or inadequate to support  payments on asset-backed  securities is
greater for asset-backed  securities than for  mortgage-related  securities.  In
addition,  because  asset-backed  securities  are  relatively  new,  the  market
experience in these  securities  is limited and the market's  ability to sustain
liquidity  through all phases of an interest rate or economic cycle has not been
tested.

COMMON STOCK
      
   The Equity Funds invest primarily in common stocks of domestic issuers.
Common stock represents an equity or ownership  interest in a company.  Although
an equity  interest  often gives a Fund the right to vote on measures  affecting
the company's  organization and operations,  the Funds do not intend to exercise
control over the  management  of companies in which they invest.  Common  stocks
have a history of long-term  growth in value, but their prices tend to fluctuate
in the shorter term.

                                       29
<PAGE>

PREFERRED STOCK
      
   The  Equity  Funds  may  invest in  preferred  stock.  Preferred  stock
generally does not exhibit as great a potential for appreciation or depreciation
as common  stock,  although it ranks above  common  stock in its claim on income
from  dividend  payments or the  recovery of  investment  or both.  The owner of
preferred  stock is a shareholder  in a business and not,  like a bondholder,  a
creditor. Dividends paid to preferred stockholders are distributions of earnings
of a business in contrast to interest payments to bondholders which are expenses
of a business.

WARRANTS
     
    The Equity Funds may invest in warrants.  These are options to purchase
an equity  security  at a  specified  price at any time  during  the life of the
warrant. Unlike preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a dividend. Investments in
warrants  involve certain risks,  including the possible lack of a liquid market
for the resale of the  warrants,  potential  price  fluctuations  as a result of
speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the underlying security
to reach a level at which the warrant can be prudently  exercised (in which case
the warrant  may expire  without  being  exercised,  resulting  in the loss of a
Fund's entire investment therein).

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

         All of the Funds may invest in securities  that may be converted into a
pre-determined  number of shares of the issuer's common stock at stated price or
formula within a specified time period. The holder of convertible  securities is
entitled  to  receive  interest  paid or  accrued on  convertible  debt,  or the
dividend paid on convertible  preferred  stock,  until the convertible  security
matures or is  redeemed,  converted  or  exchanged.  Traditionally,  convertible
securities have paid dividends or interest greater than common stocks,  but less
than fixed income or  non-convertible  debt securities.  Convertible  securities
typically rank before common stock, but after  non-convertible  debt securities,
in their  claim on  dividends  paid by the issuer.  In  general,  the value of a
convertible security is the higher of its investment value (its value as a fixed
income security) and its conversion value (the value of the underlying shares of
common stock if the security is  converted).  As a fixed  income  security,  the
value of a convertible  security generally increases when interest rates decline
and generally  decreases  when interest  rates rise.  The value of a convertible
security is,  however,  also  influenced by the value of the  underlying  common
stock.  By investing in a convertible  security,  a Fund may  participate in any
capital  appreciation  or  depreciation  of a company's  stock,  but to a lesser
degree than its common stock.

         A Fund may invest in preferred stock and convertible  securities  rated
BBB or  higher  by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,  Baa by  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.,  or the  equivalent  in the case of  unrated  instruments.  (See
"Description of Securities Ratings" in Appendix A to the SAI.)

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS

         Each  Fund may  attempt  to hedge  against  a  decline  in the value of
securities  it owns or an  increase  in the  price  of  securities  it  plans to
purchase  through the use of options and the purchase and sale of interest  rate
futures contracts and options on those futures contracts.  These instruments are
often referred to as  "derivatives,"  because their  performance is derived,  at
least in part,  from the  performance  of  another  asset  (such as a  security,
currency or an index of securities).  The Funds only may write (sell)  "covered"
options.  An option is covered  if, so long as the Fund is  obligated  under the
option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying  security or futures
contract or maintains  cash,  U.S.  Government  Securities  or other liquid debt
securities in a segregated account with a value at all times sufficient to cover
the Fund's  obligation under the option. A Fund may enter into futures contracts
only if the aggregate of initial  deposits for open futures  contract  positions
does not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets.

                                       30
<PAGE>

         RISK  CONSIDERATIONS.  A Fund's use of options  and  futures  contracts
subjects the Fund to certain  investment risks and transaction costs to which it
might not  otherwise be subject.  These risks  include:  (1)  dependence  on the
Sub-adviser's   ability  to  predict  movements  in  the  prices  of  individual
securities and  fluctuations in the general  securities  markets;  (2) imperfect
correlations between movements in the prices of options or futures contracts and
movements  in the price of the  securities  hedged  or used for cover  which may
cause a given hedge not to achieve its  objective;  (3) the fact that the skills
and techniques needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed
to select the other securities in which the Fund invests;  (4) lack of assurance
that a liquid secondary  market will exist for any particular  instrument at any
particular time, which,  among other things, may limit a Fund's ability to limit
exposures by closing its  positions;  (5) the possible need to defer closing out
of certain options,  futures  contracts and related options to avoid adverse tax
consequences; and (6) the potential for unlimited loss when investing in futures
contracts or writing options for which an offsetting position is not held.

         Other risks  include the  inability of a Fund, as the writer of covered
call options,  to benefit from any  appreciation  of the  underlying  securities
above the exercise  price and the possible  loss of the entire  premium paid for
options purchased by the Fund. In addition,  the futures exchanges may limit the
amount of  fluctuation  permitted in certain  futures  contract  prices during a
single trading day. A Fund may be forced, therefore, to liquidate or close out a
futures contract position at a disadvantageous price.

         There can be no  assurance  that a liquid  market  will exist at a time
when a Fund seeks to close out a futures  position or that a counterparty  in an
over-the-counter  option  transaction  will be able to perform its  obligations.
There are a limited  number of options on interest  rate futures  contracts  and
exchange  traded  options  contracts  on fixed income  securities.  Accordingly,
hedging transactions involving these instruments may entail  "cross-hedging." As
an  example,  a Fund may  wish to hedge  existing  holdings  of  mortgage-backed
securities,  but no listed options may exist on those securities. In that event,
the Fund's  Sub-adviser may attempt to hedge the Fund's securities by the use of
options with  respect to similar  securities.  The Fund may use various  futures
contracts  that are  relatively new  instruments  without a significant  trading
history. As a result,  there can be no assurance that an active secondary market
in those contracts will develop or continue to exist.

         LIMITATIONS.  The Funds  have no  current  intention  of  investing  in
futures  contracts and options thereon for purposes other than hedging.  No Fund
may  purchase  any call or put  option on a  futures  contract  if the  premiums
associated  with all such options held by the Fund would exceed 5% of the Fund's
total  assets  as of the date the  option is  purchased.  No Fund may sell a put
option if the exercise value of all put options written by the Fund would exceed
50% of the Fund's total  assets or sell a call option if the  exercise  value of
all call  options  written  by the Fund  would  exceed  the value of the  Fund's
assets. In addition, the current market value of all open futures positions held
by a Fund will not exceed 50% of its total assets.

         OPTIONS ON  SECURITIES.  A call option is a contract  pursuant to which
the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, has the right to
buy the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option.  The writer of the call option,  who receives the
premium,  has  the  obligation  upon  exercise  of the  option  to  deliver  the
underlying  security  against  payment of the  exercise  price during the option
period. A put option gives its purchaser,  in return for a premium, the right to
sell the underlying security at a specified price during the term of the option.
The writer of the put, who receives the premium,  has the  obligation to buy the
underlying  security,  upon  exercise at the  exercise  price  during 


                                       31
<PAGE>

the option period.  The amount of premium received or paid is based upon certain
factors,  including the market price of the  underlying  security or index,  the
relationship  of the exercise price to the market price,  the  historical  price
volatility of the underlying  security or index,  the option period,  supply and
demand and interest rates.

         OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES.  A stock index assigns relative values to the
stock included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market
values of the stocks  included in the index.  Stock index options operate in the
same way as the more  traditional  stock options  except that exercises of stock
index  options are effected  with cash  payments and do not involve  delivery of
securities.  Thus,  upon  exercise of a stock index option,  the purchaser  will
realize and the writer will pay an amount based on the  differences  between the
exercise price and the closing price of the stock index.

         INDEX FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Bond and stock index  futures  contracts are
bilateral  agreements  pursuant  to  which  two  parties  agree  to take or make
delivery  of an amount of cash  equal to a  specified  dollar  amount  times the
difference  between the bond or stock index value at the close of trading of the
contract and the price at which the futures  contract is originally  struck.  No
physical delivery of the fixed income or equity securities  comprising the index
is made.  Generally,  futures  contracts are closed out prior to the  expiration
date of the contract.

         OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.  Options on futures contracts are similar
to stock options except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser
the right,  in return for the  premium  paid,  to assume a position in a futures
contract rather than to purchase or sell stock, at a specified exercise price at
any time during the period of the  option.  Upon  exercise  of the  option,  the
delivery of the futures position to the holder of the option will be accompanied
by transfer to the holder of an accumulated  balance  representing the amount by
which the market price of the futures contract  exceeds,  in the case of a call,
or is less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option on the
future.

TECHNIQUES INVOLVING LEVERAGE

         Leveraging  involves special risks. The Funds may borrow for other than
temporary or emergency purposes, lend their securities,  and purchase securities
on a  when-issued  or  forward  commitment  basis,  and  engage in  dollar  roll
transactions.  Each of these  transactions  involves the use of "leverage"  when
cash made available to the Fund through the investment technique is used to make
additional  portfolio  investments.  In  addition,  the use of swap and  related
agreements may involve  leverage.  A Fund uses these investment  techniques only
when the  Sub-adviser  to the Fund believes that the  leveraging and the returns
available  from investing the cash will provide the Fund's  shareholders  with a
potentially higher return.

         Leverage exists when a Fund achieves the right to a return on a capital
base that exceeds the Fund's investment.  Leverage creates the risk of magnified
capital  losses  which  occur when  losses  affect an asset  base,  enlarged  by
borrowings or the creation of  liabilities,  that exceeds the equity base of the
Fund.

         The  risks of  leverage  include a higher  volatility  of the net asset
value of a Fund's  Shares  and the  relatively  greater  effect on the net asset
value of the Shares caused by favorable or adverse  market  movements or changes
in the cost of cash obtained by leveraging and the yield obtained from investing
the cash.  So long as a Fund is able to realize a net  return on its  investment
portfolio that is higher than interest expense  incurred,  if any, leverage will
result in higher current net  investment  income being realized by the Fund than
if the Fund were not  leveraged.  On the other hand,  interest rates change from
time to time depending upon such factors as supply and demand,  monetary and tax
policies and  investor  expectations.  Changes in such  factors  could cause the
relationship  between  the cost of  leveraging  and the  yield to change so that
rates 


                                       32
<PAGE>

involved in the leveraging  arrangement may  substantially  increase relative to
the yield on the  obligations in which the proceeds of the leveraging  have been
invested.  To the  extent  that the  interest  expense  involved  in  leveraging
approaches  the net  return on a Fund's  investment  portfolio,  the  benefit of
leveraging will be reduced,  and, if the interest  expense on borrowings were to
exceed the net return to  shareholders,  the Fund's use of leverage would result
in a lower rate of return than if the Fund were not  leveraged.  Similarly,  the
effect of  leverage  in a declining  market  could be a greater  decrease in net
asset value per share than if the Fund were not  leveraged.  In an extreme case,
if a Fund's current  investment  income were not sufficient to meet the interest
expense of leveraging,  it could be necessary for the Fund to liquidate  certain
of  its  investments  at an  inappropriate  time.  The  use of  leverage  may be
considered speculative.

         SEGREGATED ACCOUNT. To limit the risks involved in various transactions
involving  leverage,  the  Trust's  custodian  will set aside and  maintain in a
segregated  account for each Fund,  cash, U.S.  Government  Securities and other
liquid, debt securities in accordance with SEC guidelines.  The account's value,
which  is  marked  to  market  daily,  will  be at  least  equal  to the  Fund's
commitments under these  transactions.  The Fund's commitments may include:  (1)
the Fund's  obligations  to  repurchase  securities  under a reverse  repurchase
agreement,  or settle when-issued and forward commitment  transactions;  (2) the
greater  of the  market  value of  securities  sold  short  or the  value of the
securities  at the time of the short sale (reduced by any margin  deposit).  The
use of a segregated account in connection with leveraged transactions may result
in a Fund's portfolio being 100% leveraged.

         BORROWING.  As a fundamental investment policy, a Fund may borrow money
for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes,  including  the  meeting of  redemption
requests,  in amounts up to 331/3% of a Fund's total assets. As a nonfundamental
investment  policy,  a  Fund  may  not  purchase  portfolio  securities  if  its
outstanding  borrowings  exceed 5% of its total  assets or borrow  for  purposes
other than  meeting  redemptions  in an amount  exceeding 5% of the value of its
total assets at the time the borrowing is made.

         Borrowing  involves  special  risk  considerations.  Interest  costs on
borrowings  may  fluctuate  with  changing  market  rates  of  interest  and may
partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets
that were  retained  rather  than sold to meet the  needs for which  funds  were
borrowed).  Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might need to sell portfolio
securities  to meet  interest or  principal  payments at a time when  investment
considerations would not favor such sales.

         REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS AND LENDING OF PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each Fund
may seek additional income by entering into repurchase  agreements or by lending
securities   from  its  portfolio  to  brokers,   dealers  and  other  financial
institutions.  These  investments  may entail certain risks not associated  with
direct investments in securities.  For instance, in the event that bankruptcy or
similar  proceedings were commenced against a counterparty in these transactions
or a counterparty defaulted on its obligations, a Fund might suffer a loss.

         Repurchase  agreements  are  transactions  in which a Fund  purchases a
security and simultaneously  commits to resell that security to the seller at an
agreed-upon  price on an  agreed-upon  future  date,  normally one to seven days
later.  The resale price  reflects a market rate of interest that is not related
to the coupon rate or maturity of the  purchased  security.  When a Fund lends a
security  it  receives  interest  from  the  borrower  or  from  investing  cash
collateral.  The Trust maintains  possession of the purchased securities and any
underlying collateral in these transactions,  the total market value of which on
a  continuous  basis  is at  least  equal  to the  repurchase  price or value of
securities  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest.  The Funds may pay fees to 


                                       33
<PAGE>

arrange  securities  loans and each Fund will,  as a fundamental  policy,  limit
securities lending to not more than 331/3% of the value of its total assets.

         WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS.  The FIXED INCOME FUNDS
may purchase securities on a "when-issued" or "forward commitment" basis. When a
Fund  purchases a security on a when-issued  or forward  commitment  basis,  the
price of the  security is fixed when the  commitment  is made,  but delivery and
payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally,  the settlement
occurs within three months after the transaction, but delayed settlements beyond
three months may be negotiated.

         During the period  between a  commitment  and  settlement,  no interest
accrues to the Fund. When a Fund commits to purchase  securities in this manner,
however,  the Fund  immediately  assumes the risk of ownership,  including price
fluctuation. If the other party does not deliver or pay for a security purchased
or sold by the Fund, the Fund may incur a loss or miss an opportunity to make an
alternative investment.  Any significant commitment of a Fund's assets committed
to the purchase of securities on a when-issued or forward  commitment  basis may
increase  the  volatility  of its  net  asset  value.  Except  for  dollar  roll
transactions,  which are described below,  each of the Fixed Income Funds limits
its investments in when-issued and forward  commitment  securities to 15% of the
value of the Fund's total assets.

         A Fund may use  when-issued  transactions  and forward  commitments  to
hedge against  anticipated  changes in interest rates and prices.  If the Fund's
Sub-adviser  forecasts  incorrectly  the direction of interest  rate  movements,
however,  the  Fund  might  be  required  to  complete  when-issued  or  forward
transactions  at prices  inferior to the current market values.  The Funds enter
into  when-issued  and forward  commitments  only with the intention of actually
receiving  the  securities,  but a Fund  may  sell  the  securities  before  the
settlement date if deemed advisable.  If a Fund disposes of the right to acquire
a when-issued  security  prior to its  acquisition or to dispose of its right to
deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it can incur a gain or loss.

         DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS.  Each Fixed Income Fund may enter into dollar
roll  transactions  in which the Fund sells fixed income  securities,  typically
mortgage-backed  securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not
identical,  securities  at a later  date from the same  party.  During  the roll
period no  payment  is made for the  securities  purchased  and no  interest  or
principal  payments on the security accrue to the Fund, but the Fund assumes the
risk  of  ownership.  A Fund  is  compensated  for  entering  into  dollar  roll
transactions  by the difference  between the current sales price and the forward
price for the future  purchase,  as well as by the  interest  earned on the cash
proceeds of the initial sale. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the
market  value of the  securities  sold by a Fund may decline  below the price at
which the Fund is  committed  to purchase  similar  securities.  If the buyer of
securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent,  the Fund's use of
the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the
other  party,  or its  trustee  or  receiver,  whether  to  enforce  the  Fund's
obligation  to  repurchase  the  securities.  The  Funds  will  engage  in  roll
transactions  for the purpose of acquiring  securities for their  portfolios and
not for investment  leverage.  Each Fixed Income Fund will limit its obligations
on dollar roll transactions to 35% of the Fund's net assets.

CONCENTRATION

         As a fundamental  investment policy, a Fund may not purchase a security
(other than U.S. Government  Securities) if as a result more than 25% of its net
assets would be invested in a particular industry.

DIVERSIFICATION

         As a fundamental  investment policy, a Fund may not purchase a security
if, as a result (1) more than 5% of a Fund's  total  assets would be invested in
the securities of a single issuer,  or (2) a Fund


                                       34
<PAGE>

would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.
This  limitation  applies  only with respect to 75% of a Fund's total assets and
does not apply to U.S. Government Securities.

CASH AND TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITIONS

         A Fund  will  hold a  certain  portion  of its  assets  in cash or cash
equivalents to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions,  paying expenses,  and
timing  of  new  investments.   Cash  equivalents  may  include  (1)  short-term
obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States  Government,  its agencies
or  instrumentalities  ("U.S.  Government  Securities"),   (2)  certificates  of
deposit,   bankers'  acceptances  and   interest-bearing   savings  deposits  of
commercial banks doing business in the United States that have an A+ rating from
Standard & Poor's  Corporation or an A-1+ rating from Moody's Investors Service,
Inc., (3) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or A-1
by Standard & Poor's Corporation,  (4) repurchase agreements covering any of the
securities  in which a Fund may invest  directly,  and (5) money  market  mutual
funds.

         In addition,  when a  Sub-adviser  believes  that business or financial
conditions  warrant,  the  Sub-adviser's  Fund may assume a temporary  defensive
position.  During such periods,  a Fund may invest without limit in cash or cash
equivalents.  When  and to the  extent  a Fund  assumes  a  temporary  defensive
position, it will not pursue its investment objective.

SHORT SALES

         A Fund may not enter into short sales,  except short sales "against the
box." In a short sale against the box, a Fund sells  securities  it owns, or has
the right to acquire at no additional cost. A Fund does not immediately  deliver
the securities sold, however,  and does not receive proceeds from the sale until
it does deliver the  securities.  A Fund may enter into a short sale against the
box to lock-in a gain or loss in one year,  while  deferring  recognition of the
gain or loss until the next year. A Fund may also sell short  against the box to
hedge against the risk that the price of a security may decline. In such a case,
to the extent a Fund  limits its future  losses in the  security,  it limits its
opportunity  to achieve  future gain in the  security  as well.  Pursuant to the
Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997,  if a Fund has  unrealized  gain with respect to a
security  and enters into a short sale with respect to such  security,  the Fund
generally  will be deemed to have sold the  appreciated  security  and this will
recognize gain for tax purposes.

SECURITIES OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

         A Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent
permitted by the Investment  Company Act of 1940 ("Investment  Company Act"). To
the extent a Fund invests in shares of an investment  company,  it will bear its
pro rata share of the other investment  company's  expenses,  such as investment
advisory and distribution fees, and operating expenses.

         Each Fund  reserves  the right upon  notification  to  shareholders  to
invest  up to 100% of its  investable  assets  in one or more  other  investment
companies.  If a Fund elected to pursue its investment objective in this manner,
its policies on concentration and  diversification  would apply to the assets of
the investment companies in which the Fund invests.

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES

         A Fund may not  purchase a security  if, as a result,  more than 15% of
its net  assets  would  be  invested  in  illiquid  securities.  A  security  is
considered  "illiquid"  if it may  not be sold or  disposed  of in the  ordinary
course of business within seven days at approximately  the value at which a Fund
has valued the security.  Over-the-counter  options,  repurchase  agreements not
entitling the holder to payment of principal in 7 days, and certain  "restricted
securities" may be illiquid.

         A security  is  restricted  if it is subject  to  contractual  or legal
restrictions on resale to the general public. A liquid  institutional market has

                                       35
<PAGE>

developed,  however,  for  certain  restricted  securities  such  as  repurchase
agreements,  commercial paper, foreign securities and corporate bonds and notes.
Thus,  restrictions on resale do not  necessarily  indicate the liquidity of the
security.  For  example,  if a  restricted  security  may  be  sold  to  certain
institutional  buyers in accordance  with Rule 144A under the  Securities Act of
1933 or another  exemption  from  registration  under the  Securities  Act,  the
Sub-adviser may determine that the security is liquid under  guidelines  adopted
by the  Board.  These  guidelines  take into  account  trading  activity  in the
securities and the  availability of reliable  pricing  information,  among other
factors. With other restricted  securities,  however,  there can be no assurance
that a liquid market will exist for the security at any particular  time. A Fund
might not be able to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices
and might thereby experience  difficulty satisfying  redemptions.  A Fund treats
such holdings as illiquid.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

         Each  Sub-adviser  places orders for the purchase and sale of assets it
manages with  brokers and dealers  selected  by, and in the  discretion  of, the
Sub-adviser.   The   Sub-advisers   seek  "best  execution"  for  all  portfolio
transactions,  but a Fund may pay higher  than the lowest  available  commission
rates when the Fund's Sub-adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of
the  value  of the  brokerage  and  research  services  provided  by the  broker
effecting the transaction.

         Subject to the policy of obtaining "best  execution",  each Sub-adviser
may employ  broker-dealer  affiliates  (collectively  "Affiliated  Brokers")  to
effect brokerage  transactions.  Payment of commissions to Affiliated Brokers is
subject to procedures  adopted by the Board to provide that the commissions will
not exceed the usual and customary broker's  commissions charged by unaffiliated
brokers.  No  specific  portion of  brokerage  transactions  will be directed to
Affiliated Brokers and in no event will a broker affiliated with the Sub-adviser
directing the  transaction  receive  brokerage  transactions  in  recognition of
research services provided to the Sub-adviser.

         The frequency of portfolio  transactions of a Fund (portfolio  turnover
rate) will vary from year to year depending on many factors. From time to time a
Fund  may  engage  in  active  short-term  trading  to take  advantage  of price
movements  affecting  individual issues,  groups of issues or markets. An annual
portfolio  turnover rate of 100% would occur if all of the  securities in a fund
were replaced once in a period of one year. Higher portfolio  turnover rates may
result in  increased  brokerage  costs and a  possible  increase  in  short-term
capital gains or losses.  Tax rules applicable to short-term  trading may affect
the timing of a  portfolio  transactions  or the  ability to realize  short-term
trading  profits or establish  short-term  positions.  It is estimated that each
Fund's portfolio turnover will be less than 100%.

9.  OTHER INFORMATION

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

         The net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is  determined
as of the close of trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  (normally 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time), on each Fund Business Day by dividing the value of the Fund's net
assets (I.E., the value of its securities and other assets less its liabilities)
by the  number  of shares  outstanding  at the time the  determination  is made.
Securities owned by a Fund for which market quotations are readily available are
valued at current market value or, in their absence, at fair value as determined
by the Board or pursuant to procedures approved by the Board.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         A Fund's  performance  may be quoted in terms of yield or total return.
All performance  information is based on historical  results and is not intended
to indicate future  performance.  A Fund's


                                       36
<PAGE>

yield is a way of showing  the rate of income the Fund earns on its  investments
as a percentage of the Fund's share price.  To calculate  standardized  yield, a
Fund takes the income it earned from its investments for a 30-day period (net of
expenses),  divides  it by the  average  number of Shares  entitled  to  receive
dividends,  and expresses the result as an annualized  percentage  rate based on
the Fund's  share price at the end of the 30-day  period.  A Fund's total return
shows its overall change in value, including changes in share price and assuming
all the Fund's dividends and  distributions  are reinvested.  A cumulative total
return  reflects a Fund's  performance  over a stated period of time. An average
annual total return reflects the hypothetical  annually  compounded  return that
would have produced the same cumulative  total return if the Fund's  performance
had been constant over the entire period. Because average annual returns tend to
smooth out variations in the Funds' returns,  shareholders should recognize that
they are not the same as actual year-by-year results.

         The Funds'  advertisements  may refer to  ratings  and  rankings  among
similar mutual funds by independent evaluators such as Morningstar, Inc., Lipper
Analytical Services, Inc. and IBC/Donoghue, Inc. In addition, the performance of
a Fund  may be  compared  to  securities  indices.  Indices  are not used in the
management  of the Funds but  rather are  standards  by which the  Advisers  and
shareholders may compare the performance of a Fund to an unmanaged  composite of
securities with similar, but not identical,  characteristics. The Funds may also
advertise  the  historical  performance  of  private  accounts  managed  by  the
Sub-advisers to the extent  permitted by the National  Association of Securities
Dealers.  Performance  information  is not to be  considered  representative  or
indicative of a Fund's future  performance.  All  performance  information for a
Fund is calculated on a class basis.

         Federal banking rules generally  permit a bank or bank affiliate to act
as investment adviser, transfer agent, or custodian to an investment company and
to purchase shares of the investment  company as agent for and upon the order of
a customer  and, in  connection  therewith,  to retain a sales charge or similar
payment.  The  Adviser  believes  that the  Trust  and any  bank or  other  bank
affiliate also may perform  Processing  Organization or similar services for the
Trust and its shareholders  without violating  applicable federal banking rules.
If a bank or bank  affiliate  were  prohibited  in the  future  from so  acting,
changes in the operation of the Trust could occur and a shareholder  serviced by
the  bank or bank  affiliate  may no  longer  be able to avail  itself  of those
services.  It is  not  expected  that  shareholders  would  suffer  any  adverse
financial consequences as a result of any of these occurrences.

THE TRUST AND ITS SHARES

         The Trust has an unlimited  number of  authorized  Shares of beneficial
interest.  The Board may, without  shareholder  approval,  divide the authorized
Shares into an  unlimited  number of separate  portfolios  or series  (such as a
Fund) and may divide  portfolios or series into classes of shares (such as Trust
Shares);  the  costs  of doing so will be  borne  by the  Trust.  Currently  the
authorized Shares of the Trust are divided into four separate series.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES

         The Funds  currently  issue two  classes  of shares,  Trust  Shares and
Institutional  Shares.  Institutional  Shares are offered to large institutional
investors able to make a minimum investment of $10 million. Each class of a Fund
will have a different  expense ratio and may have different  distribution  fees.
Each class'  performance  is affected by its expenses.  For more  information on
Institutional  Shares of the Funds,  investors may contact FSS at (888) 263-5593
or the Funds' distributor. Investors may also contact their sales representative
to obtain information about the other classes.

SHAREHOLDER VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS

         Each  share of each  series of the Trust and each  class of shares  has
equal  dividend,  distribution,  liquidation  and voting rights,  and fractional
shares


                                       37
<PAGE>

have  those  rights  proportionately,   except  that  expenses  related  to  the
distribution  of the shares of each class (and certain  other  expenses  such as
transfer  agency and  administration  expenses) are borne solely by those shares
and each class votes separately with respect to the provisions of any Rule 12b-1
plan which  pertains  to the class and other  matters for which  separate  class
voting is appropriate under applicable law.  Generally,  shares will be voted in
the aggregate without  reference to a particular series or class,  except if the
matter affects only one series or class or voting by series or class is required
by law,  in which case shares will be voted  separately  by series or class,  as
appropriate.  Delaware law does not require the Trust to hold annual meetings of
shareholders,  and it is anticipated that shareholder meetings will be held only
when specifically  required by federal or state law. Shareholders (and Trustees)
have  available  certain  procedures  for the removal of Trustees.  There are no
conversion or  preemptive  rights in  connection  with shares of the Trust.  All
shares when issued in  accordance  with the terms of the offering  will be fully
paid and nonassessable.  Shares are redeemable at net asset value, at the option
of the  shareholders,  subject to any contingent  deferred sales charge that may
apply. A shareholder in a series is entitled to the shareholder's pro rata share
of all dividends and  distributions  arising from that series'  assets and, upon
redeeming shares, will receive the portion of the series' net assets represented
by the redeemed shares.

     As of the date of this  Prospectus,  Memorial Group,  Inc. owns 100% of the
Shares of each of the Funds. Trustee and President Christopher W. Hamm owns 100%
of the Shares of Memorial Group, Inc.

         NO PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION AND THE FUNDS'  OFFICIAL SALES  LITERATURE IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFERING OF THE FUNDS' SHARES,  AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
TRUST. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY STATE IN WHICH, OR TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM, SUCH OFFER MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.


                                       38
<PAGE>





                             [Account Application]





<PAGE>





                       [Account Application (Continued)]





<PAGE>





                              [LOGO] MEMORIAL
                                     FUNDS



                  FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMAITON PLEASE CONTACT:





                               THE MEMORIAL GROUP
                          1600 SMITH STREET SUITE 3100
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002

                         (713)650-2535 OR (888)206-4134

         READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU INVEST OR SEND MONEY.





<PAGE>






MEMORIAL FUNDS                                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

GOVERNMENT BOND FUND
CORPORATE BOND FUND
GROWTH EQUITY FUND
VALUE EQUITY FUND

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 March 15, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This Prospectus offers  Institutional  class shares of the Government Bond Fund,
Corporate Bond Fund, Growth Equity Fund and Value Equity Fund (each a "Fund" and
collectively the "Funds"). The Funds are separate, diversified portfolios of the
Memorial  Funds (the "Trust"),  a registered,  open-end,  management  investment
company.

           THIS PROSPECTUS SETS FORTH CONCISELY IMPORTANT INFORMATION
               THAT YOU SHOULD KNOW BEFORE INVESTING. PLEASE READ
               THIS PROSPECTUS AND RETAIN IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

The Trust has filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") a
Statement of  Additional  Information  ("SAI")  dated March 15, 1998,  as may be
amended  from time to time,  which is available  for  reference on the SEC's Web
Site (http://www.sec.gov).  The SAI contains more detailed information about the
Trust  and  each of the  Funds  and is  incorporated  into  this  Prospectus  by
reference. An investor may obtain a copy of the SAI without charge by contacting
the Trust's distributor, Forum Financial Services, Inc., at Two Portland Square,
Portland, Maine 04101 or by calling (888) 263-5593.
<TABLE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>                                      <C>
                                                     Page                                                 Page

1. PROSPECTUS SUMMARY................................. 2       4. HOW TO BUY SHARES....................... 17
2. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES................. 5       5. HOW TO SELL Shares...................... 19
    GOVERNMENT BOND FUND.............................. 5       6. OTHER SHAREHOLDER Services.............. 21
    CORPORATE BOND FUND............................... 6       7. DIVIDENDS AND TAX MATTERS............... 22
    GROWTH EQUITY FUND................................ 7       8. DETAILED  DESCRIPTION  OF FUNDS'
    VALUE EQUITY FUND................................. 8            INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES, AND RISKS.... 23
3. MANAGEMENT......................................... 8       9. OTHER Information....................... 36
                                                                     ACCOUNT APPLICATION
</TABLE>



THE MEMORIAL FUNDS ARE A FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS.  THE SHARES OF MUTUAL FUNDS ARE
NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT,  THE FDIC, THE FEDERAL RESERVE
SYSTEM OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

AN  INVESTMENT  IN SHARES OF ANY  MUTUAL  FUND IS SUBJECT  TO  INVESTMENT  RISK,
INCLUDING THE POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<PAGE>


1.  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FUNDS

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information contained in this Prospectus.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

         FIXED INCOME  FUNDS.  The Memorial  Funds  includes two "Fixed  Income"
Funds,  the Government Bond Fund and the Corporate Bond Fund. These mutual funds
invest  primarily in bonds and other fixed income  securities.  The Fixed Income
Funds are designed principally for investors that seek current income.

         Government Bond Fund seeks to provide a high level of income consistent
with maximum credit protection and moderate  fluctuation in principal value. The
Fund will seek to achieve this objective by investing at least 90% of its assets
in  obligations  issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United
States  Government,  or by its  agencies or  instrumentalities,  including  zero
coupon  bonds issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Treasury  and  mortgage-backed
securities  ("U.S.  Government  Securities").   The  Fund  may  also  invest  in
asset-backed securities.  The Fund seeks to moderate fluctuations its volatility
by  structuring  maturities of its  investment  portfolio in order to maintain a
duration between 75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Government
Bond Index.

         Corporate  Bond Fund seeks to provide as high a level of current income
as is consistent with capital  preservation  and prudent  investment risk. Under
normal  circumstances,  the Fund will seek to attain this objective by investing
at least 65% of the value of the total assets in corporate  bonds.  The Fund may
also invest in U.S.  Government  Securities and mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities.  The Fund intends to maintain a duration between 75% and 125% of the
Lehman Brothers Corporate Bond Index.

         EQUITY FUNDS.  The Memorial Funds also includes two "Equity Funds" that
invest  primarily in the common stock of domestic  companies,  the Growth Equity
Fund and the Value  Equity  Fund (the  "Equity  Funds").  The Equity  Funds will
invest only in companies with a minimum market capitalization of $250 million at
the time of  purchase,  and will seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted
capitalization  of $5 billion.  A company's market  capitalization  is the total
market  value  of  its  outstanding   common  stock.   Although  the  investment
disciplines  of the Equity Funds  differ,  they are each  designed for investors
seeking long term capital appreciation and possible  significant  fluctuation in
the value of their investment.

         Growth Equity Fund seeks long-term capital  appreciation.  It will seek
to achieve this  objective by investing at least 65% of its assets in the common
stock of domestic companies that the Fund's  sub-adviser  believes have superior
growth potential and fundamental  characteristics  that are significantly better
than the market average and that support internal earnings growth capability.

         Value Equity Fund also seeks long-term  capital  appreciation.  It will
seek to attain this  objective  by investing at least 65% of its total assets in
the common stock of domestic  companies.  Using a value approach,  the Fund will
seek to invest in stocks that are underpriced when measured  against  comparable
securities, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows or other measures.

INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISK FACTORS

         There is no  assurance  that  any  Fund  will  achieve  its  investment
objective,  and a Fund's net asset value and total return will  fluctuate  based
upon  changes in the value of its  portfolio  securities.  Upon  redemption,  an
investment in a Fund may be worth more or less than its original value. No Fund,
by itself, provides a complete investment program.

         All investments made by the Funds entail some risk. Among other things,
the market value of any security in which the Funds may invest is based

                                       2
<PAGE>

upon the market's  perception of value and not  necessarily the book value of an
issuer or other objective measure of the issuer's worth. Certain investments and
investment techniques,  however,  entail additional risks, such as the potential
use of leverage by certain Funds through  borrowings,  securities  lending,  and
other  investment  techniques.  (See  "A  Detailed  Description  of  the  Funds'
Investments,  Investment  Strategies  and  Risks.")  Similarly,  a Fund's use of
mortgage- and asset-backed  securities  entails certain risks.  (See "A Detailed
Description  of  the  Funds'  Investments,   Investment   Strategies  and  Risks
- --Mortgage-Backed Securities" and "-- Asset-Backed Securities.")

         FIXED INCOME FUNDS.  The value of your investment in one or both of the
Fixed  Income  Funds may change in  response to changes in  interest  rates.  An
increase in  interest  rates  typically  causes a fall in the value of the fixed
income  securities in which the Funds invest.  Your  investment in the Corporate
Bond Fund is also subject to the risk that the financial  condition of an issuer
of a security  held by the Fund may cause it to default or become  unable to pay
interest  or  principal  due on the  security.  To limit this risk,  at least 80
percent of the Corporate Bond Fund's  investments  in corporate debt  securities
will be in  securities  rated A or better  and the Fund will  maintain a minimum
average rating of A.

         EQUITY  FUNDS.  The Equity  Funds may be  appropriate  investments  for
investors who seek long term growth in their investment,  but who are willing to
tolerate  significant  fluctuations in the value of their investment in response
to changes in the market value of the stocks the Funds hold. This type of market
movement may affect the price of the securities of a single issuer, a segment of
the domestic stock market, or the entire market.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     INVESTMENT ADVISER. Forum Investment Advisors, LLC (the "Adviser"),  serves
as the investment adviser for each Fund. The Adviser's  responsibilities include
developing  and reviewing the  investment  strategies and policies of each Fund,
and overseeing the performance of the investment  sub-advisers  ("Sub-advisers")
responsible for the day-to-day  management of each Fund's investment  portfolio.
(See "Management - Investment Advisory Services.")

         INVESTMENT   CONSULTANT.   To   assist   it   in   carrying   out   its
responsibilities,  the Adviser has retained Wellesley Group, Inc. ("Wellesley").
Wellesley  provides data with which the Adviser and the Board of Trustees of the
Trust  ("Board") can monitor and evaluate the  performance  of the Funds and the
Sub-advisers.  If the  Board  determines  in the  future to  replace  one of the
current Sub-advisers, or retain additional Sub-advisers to manage one or more of
the Funds,  Wellesley  will assist the Adviser and the Board in the selection of
those Sub-advisers.

     INVESTMENT   SUB-ADVISERS.   The  Adviser  has   retained   the   following
Sub-advisers to render advisory services and make daily investment decisions for
each Fund:

              o The portfolio of the Government Bond Fund is managed by The
                Northern Trust Company.

              o The portfolio of the Corporate Bond Fund is managed by Conseco
                Capital Management, Inc.

              o The  portfolio  of the  Growth  Equity  Fund is managed by Davis
                Hamilton, Inc., d/b/a Davis Hamilton Jackson & Associates.

              o The portfolio of the Value Equity Fund is managed by Beutel,
                Goodman Capital Management.


         The Adviser is also  responsible for monitoring the investments and the
performance of the  Sub-advisers on behalf of each of the Funds. The Adviser and
the Sub-advisers  collectively may be referred to herein as the "Advisers." (See
"Management - Investment Advisory Services.")

                                       3
<PAGE>

SHARES OF THE FUNDS

         Each Fund currently offers two separate classes of shares:

         INSTITUTIONAL  SHARES.  INSTITUTIONAL  SHARES  are  sold  through  this
prospectus,  and are offered to large  institutional  investors  able to make an
minimum  initial  investment  of $10  million,  referred  to as "Shares" in this
prospectus.

         TRUST SHARES.  TRUST SHARES are offered by separate  prospectus.  Trust
Shares are designed  primarily for individual  investors and smaller  fiduciary,
agency  and  custodial  clients  whose  investments  are  pooled  in  common  or
collective  trusts managed by bank trust  departments,  trust companies or their
affiliates.   Trust  Shares  are  expected  to  incur   higher   expenses   than
Institutional Shares.

     Shares of each class of a Fund have  identical  interests in the investment
portfolio of the Fund and, with certain exceptions, the same rights. (See "Other
Information -- The Trust and Its Shares.")

HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES

         Shares  of the  Funds  may be  purchased  or sold  ("redeemed")  on any
weekday  except days that the New York Stock  Exchange is closed,  normally  New
Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial
Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas ("Fund Business
Day").  The Trust's  transfer agent accepts orders to buy or sell Shares between
9:00 a.m and 6:00 p.m.  (Eastern) on all Fund Business Days. Orders are executed
at the net asset value of the Fund's  Shares next  determined  after an order in
proper form is received.

     You may buy or sell  Shares  by  mail,  by  bank  wire or  through  various
financial institutions. The minimum initial investment in Shares is $10 million.
There is no minimum  for  subsequent  investments.  (See "How to Buy Shares" and
"How to Sell Shares.")

EXCHANGES

     Shareholders  may  exchange  Institutional  Shares for Trust  Shares of the
other  Funds  or for  Institutional  class  shares  of the  Forum  Daily  Assets
Government  Fund, a money market fund that is a separate  series of Forum Funds.
(See "Other Shareholder Services -- Exchanges.")

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         The Fixed Income Funds declare dividends daily and pay dividends of net
investment  income  monthly.  The Equity Funds  declare and pay dividends of net
investment income, if any,  quarterly.  Each Fund's net capital gain, if any, is
distributed  annually.   All  dividends  and  distributions  are  reinvested  in
additional Fund Shares unless the shareholder  elects to have them paid in cash.
(See "Dividends and Tax Matters.")

EXPENSE INFORMATION

         The following  tables should help you  understand the expenses that you
will bear if you invest in Shares of a Fund.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>

                                              Government Bond    Corporate Bond         Growth            Value
                                                    Fund              Fund           Equity Fund       Equity Fund
                                                    ----              ----           -----------       -----------
Sales charge on
purchases................................           None              None               None              None
Sales charge on
dividends................................           None              None               None              None
Maximum deferred
sales charge.............................           None              None               None              None
Exchange Fee.............................           None              None               None              None
</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (1)
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS)
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>             <C>                <C>
                                                Government         Corporate          Growth            Value
                                                Bond Fund          Bond Fund        Equity Fund       Equity Fund
                                                ---------          ---------        -----------       -----------
Investment
Advisory Fees................................     0.35%              0.35%             0.45%             0.45%
Rule 12b-1 Fees..............................     None              None               None              None
Other Expenses
    Shareholder 
      Service Fees...........................     0.05%              0.05%             0.05%             0.05%
    Miscellaneous............................     0.35%              0.35%             0.50%             0.50%
                                                  -----              -----             -----             -----
Total Operating
Expenses.....................................     0.75%              0.75%             1.00%             1.00%
</TABLE>


     (1) Annual Fund  Operating  Expenses are calculated as a percentage of each
Fund's average net assets  assuming  average net assets of at least $50 million.
If the average net assets of a Fund are lower in any given  year,  the  expenses
will be a higher percentage of the Fund's assets. (See "Management.")

EXAMPLE

         The  following  hypothetical  example  indicates  the dollar  amount of
expenses that you would pay if you invested $1,000 in a Fund's Shares,  assuming
that (1) the Fund's  expenses are as listed above,  (2) the Fund has a 5% annual
return and (3) you reinvest all  dividends and  distributions  paid by the Fund.
The  example  does not  represent  past or future  expenses  or  return;  actual
expenses and return may be more or less than indicated.

                                                    1 Year          3 Years
                                                    ------          -------

Government Bond Fund..............................     $8             $24
Corporate Bond Fund...............................     $8             $24
Growth Equity Fund................................    $10             $32
Value Equity Fund.................................    $10             $32


2.  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

GOVERNMENT BOND FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The  investment  objective  of the Fund is to  provide a high  level of
income  consistent  with maximum credit  protection and moderate  fluctuation in
principal  value.  There  is no  assurance  that  the  Fund  will  achieve  this
objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund  will  invest  at  least 90  percent  of its net  assets  in a
portfolio of fixed and variable rate U.S. Government Securities,  including zero
coupon  bonds issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Treasury  and  mortgage-backed
securities.  The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in  corporate  debt
securities.

         The Fund  may not  invest  more  than 25% of its  total  assets  in the
securities issued or guaranteed by any single agency or  instrumentality  of the
U.S. Government,  except the U.S. Treasury,  and may not invest more than 10% of
its total assets in the securities of any other issuer.

         The Fund invests in debt  obligations  with maturities (or average life
in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from overnight to
30 years. The Fund seeks to moderate  fluctuations in the price of its Shares by
structuring  maturities  of its  investment  portfolio  in order to  maintain  a
duration between 75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Government
Bond Index,  which was 5.20 years as of March 11,  1998.  Duration  measures the
sensitivity  of a debt  security's  price to  changes in  interest  rates -- the
longer the security's duration, the more its price will fluctuate in response to
changes in interest  rates.  The calculation of duration is based on the present
value of payments  over the life of the debt  obligation  and takes into account
call rights and 


                                       5
<PAGE>

other  features that may shorten the debt  obligation's  life.  Because  earlier
payments on a debt security have a higher present value, duration of a security,
except a zero-coupon security, generally will be less than its stated maturity.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   options   and   futures   contracts   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its  investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use these  strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate and foreign  currency  futures  contracts and buy options and
write covered  options on those futures  contracts.  An option is covered if, so
long as the Fund is obligated under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position
in the underlying security or futures contract or maintains a segregated account
of liquid debt  instruments  with a value at all times  sufficient  to cover the
Fund's obligations under the option.  Although the Fund will not engage in these
transaction for speculative purposes,  there is a risk that changes in the value
of a hedging  instrument  will not match those of the  investment  being hedged.
(See "Detailed Description of the Funds' Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

CORPORATE BOND FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The  investment  objective of the Fund is to provide as high a level of
current income as is consistent with capital preservation and prudent investment
risk. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         Under normal circumstances, the Fund will seek to attain its investment
objective  by  investing  at least  65% of the  value  of the  total  assets  in
corporate  bonds.  The Fund may also invest in U.S.  Government  securities  and
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities of private issuers ("U.S. Government
Securities").

         At least 80% of the Fund's  investments  in  corporate  debt will be in
securities that are rated, at the time of purchase,  in one of the three highest
rating categories by a nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization
("NRSRO") such as Standard & Poor's,  or which are unrated and determined by the
Sub-adviser  to be of comparable  quality.  (See  "Detailed  Description  of the
Funds'  Investments,  Strategies  and Risks - Fixed Income  Securities and Their
Characteristics.")  No  more  than  5% of  the  Fund's  investments  will  be in
securities rated below investment grade, that is below the fourth highest rating
category. The Fund's portfolio of corporate debt instruments will have a minimum
weighted average rating of A.

         The Fund will invest  primarily in debt obligations with maturities (or
average life in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from
short-term  (including  overnight) to 30 years.  The Fund seeks to structure the
maturities of its investment  portfolio in order to maintain a duration  between
75% and 125% of the duration of the Lehman Brothers  Corporate Bond Index, which
was 6.02 years as of March 11, 1998. Duration measures the sensitivity of a debt
security's  price to changes  in  interest  rates -- the  longer the  security's
duration,  the more its price will  fluctuate in response to changes in interest
rates.  The  calculation  of duration is based on the present  value of payments
over the life of the debt  obligation  and takes into  account  call  rights and
other  features that may shorten the debt  obligation's  life.  Because  earlier
payments on a debt security have a higher present value, duration of a security,
except a zero-coupon security, generally will be less than its stated maturity.

         The  Fund  may  invest  up to  25%  of  its  assets  in  mortgage-  and
asset-backed  securities.  The Fund may enter into "dollar roll" transactions in
connection with its investments in mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may also
invest  in  zero-coupon  securities,  but will  limit  its  investment  in these
securities,  except those issued through the U.S.  Treasury's STRIPS program, to
not more  than 10% of 


                                       6
<PAGE>

the  Fund's  total  assets.  The Fund may also  invest  in  securities  that are
restricted  as to  disposition  under the  federal  securities  laws  (sometimes
referred to as "private  placements" or "restricted  securities").  In addition,
the Fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in  securities  issued
or guaranteed by any single agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.  Government,
except  the  U.S.  Treasury.   (See  "A  Detailed   Description  of  the  Funds'
Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although  the Fund will not engage in these  transaction  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments, Strategies and Risks.")

GROWTH EQUITY FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The investment objective of the Fund is long-term capital appreciation.
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund will seek to achieve its  objective  by investing at least 65%
of its  assets in the common  stock of  domestic  companies.  The Fund will only
invest in companies  having a minimum market  capitalization  of $250 million at
the time of  purchase,  and will seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted
capitalization  of $5 billion.  A company's market  capitalization  is the total
market value of its outstanding common stock.

         The Fund will invest in the securities of issuers that its  Sub-adviser
believes have superior growth potential and fundamental characteristics that are
significantly  better  than the market  average and  support  internal  earnings
growth  capability.  The Fund may invest in the  securities  of companies  whose
growth potential is, in the  Sub-adviser's  opinion,  generally  unrecognized or
misperceived  by the  market.  The  Sub-adviser  may also look to  changes  in a
company that involve a sharp increase in earnings,  the hiring of new management
or  measures  taken to close  the gap  between  the  company's  share  price and
takeover/asset  value.  The  Fund  may  also  invest  in  preferred  stocks  and
securities   convertible   into  common  stock.  The  Fund  will  only  purchase
convertible securities that are rated, at the time of purchase,  within the four
highest  rating  categories  assigned  by an  NRSRO  or which  are  unrated  and
determined by the Sub-adviser to be of comparable  quality.  Securities rated in
these  categories are generally  considered to be investment  grade  securities,
although  Moody's  indicates  that  securities  rated  Baa (the  fourth  highest
category)  have  speculative  characteristics.   A  description  of  the  rating
categories of various NRSROs is contained in the SAI.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting


                                       7
<PAGE>

position  in  the  underlying  security  or  futures  contract  or  maintains  a
segregated  account  of  liquid  debt  instruments  with a  value  at all  times
sufficient to cover the Fund's  obligations under the option.  Although the Fund
will not engage in these transaction for speculative  purposes,  there is a risk
that  changes in the value of a hedging  instrument  will not match those of the
investment being hedged.  (See "Detailed  Description of the Funds' Investments,
Strategies and Risks - Futures Contracts and Options.")

VALUE EQUITY FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
         The investment objective of the Fund is long-term capital appreciation.
There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve this objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES
         The Fund will seek to attain this  objective  by investing at least 65%
of its total assets in common stocks of domestic  companies.  The Fund will only
invest in companies  having a minimum market  capitalization  of $250 million at
the time of  purchase,  and will seek to  maintain  a minimum  average  weighted
capitalization  of $5 billion.  A company's market  capitalization  is the total
market value of its outstanding common stock.

         Using a value approach, the Fund will seek to invest in stocks that are
underpriced relative to comparable stocks,  determined by price/earnings ratios,
cash flows or other measures.  It is expected that the Sub-adviser  will rely on
stock  selection  to achieve  its  results,  rather  than  trying to time market
fluctuations.  In selecting  stocks,  the Sub-adviser  will establish  valuation
parameters , by using relative ratios or target prices to evaluate  companies on
several levels.

         The Fund may also invest in preferred stocks and securities convertible
into common stock. The Fund will only purchase  convertible  securities that are
rated,  at the time of  purchase,  within  the four  highest  rating  categories
assigned by an NRSRO or which are unrated and  determined by the  Sub-adviser to
be of comparable  quality.  Securities  rated in these  categories are generally
considered to be investment grade  securities,  although Moody's  indicates that
securities   rated  Baa  (the  fourth   highest   category)   have   speculative
characteristics.  A description  of the rating  categories of various  NRSROs is
contained in the SAI.

         The  Fund  may  also  use   futures   contracts   and   options   (both
exchange-traded and  over-the-counter)  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of
its investments  ("hedge").  The Fund's ability to use hedging strategies may be
limited by market considerations,  regulatory limits and tax considerations. The
Fund may write covered call and put options,  buy put and call options,  buy and
sell interest rate futures contracts,  and buy options and write covered options
on those  futures  contracts.  An option is  covered  if, so long as the Fund is
obligated  under the option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying
security or futures  contract or maintains a  segregated  account of liquid debt
instruments with a value at all times sufficient to cover the Fund's obligations
under the option.  Although  the Fund will not engage in these  transaction  for
speculative  purposes,  there is a risk that  changes  in the value of a hedging
instrument will not match those of the investment  being hedged.  (See "Detailed
Description of the Funds' Investments,  Strategies and Risks - Futures Contracts
and Options.")

3.  MANAGEMENT

         The business of the Trust is managed  under the direction of the Board.
The Board formulates the general policies of the Funds and meets periodically to
review the  performance of the Funds,  monitor their  investment  activities and
practices, and discuss other matters affecting the Funds and the Trust.

                                       8
<PAGE>

ADVISER

         Forum Investment  Advisors,  LLC (the "Adviser"),  Two Portland Square,
Portland,  Maine 04101, serves as investment adviser to the Funds pursuant to an
investment advisory agreement with the Trust.  Subject to the general control of
the Board,  the Adviser is  responsible  for among other  things,  developing  a
continuing  investment  program for each Fund in accordance  with its investment
objective,  reviewing the  investment  strategies and policies of each Fund, and
advising the Board on the selection of additional Sub-advisers.

         The Adviser has entered into  investment  sub-advisory  agreements with
the Sub-advisers to exercise investment discretion over the assets (or a portion
of assets) of each Fund.

         For its services under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  the Adviser
receives the following fees with respect to the following funds:

                                                   Advisory Fee
                                   (as a percentage of average daily net assets)

Government Bond Fund ............................      0.35
Corporate Bond Fund..............................      0.35
Growth Equity Fund...............................      0.45
Value Equity Fund................................      0.45

YEAR 2000  COMPLIANCE
         Like other  mutual  funds,  financial  and business  organizations  and
individuals  around the world,  the Funds  could be  adversely  affected  if the
computer systems used by the Adviser and other service providers to the Funds do
not properly  process and calculate  date-related  information and data from and
after January  2000.  The Adviser has taken steps to address the Year 2000 issue
with  respect  to the  computer  systems  that it uses and to obtain  reasonable
assurances  that  comparable  steps are being  taken by the Funds'  other  major
service  providers.  The Adviser does not  anticipate  that the move to the Year
2000 will have a material impact on its ability to continue to provide the Funds
with service at current levels.

         The Adviser was incorporated  under the laws of Delaware in 1987 and is
registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

INVESTMENT CONSULTANT

         To assist it in carrying out its responsibilities  under the Investment
Advisory   Agreement,   the  Adviser  has   retained   Wellesley   Group,   Inc.
("Wellesley"),  800 South Street, Waltham,  Massachusetts 02154, to provide data
with which the Adviser and the Board can monitor and evaluate the performance of
the Funds and the Sub-advisers.

         If the Board  decides  to add or change  Sub-advisers,  Wellesley  will
assist the Adviser and the Board in the selection of these new Sub-advisers with
proven long-term investment  performance and philosophy best suited to the goals
and objectives of the Fund for which the adviser is being considered.  As a part
of this  selection  process,  Wellesley  will  analyze  statistical  information
relating  to  investments  and  performance,  and  evaluate  the risk and return
profiles of the  investment  advisers under  consideration.  Wellesley will also
review such qualitative factors as the advisory firm's ownership, organizational
structure,  business plan, client base, staff resources,  investment philosophy,
research capabilities,  investment  decision-making process, and risk management
disciplines.

SUB-ADVISERS

         The Adviser has retained the  Sub-advisers to render advisory  services
and  make  daily   investment   decisions  for  each  Fund.  The  Adviser  makes
recommendations  to the Board  regarding  the  selection  and retention of these
Sub-advisers.  On an ongoing basis,  the Adviser  evaluates the Sub-advisers and
reports to the Board  concerning  their  investment  results.  The Adviser  also
reviews the investments  made for the Funds by the Sub-advisers to see that they
comply with the Funds' investment objectives, policies and restrictions.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         The following  Sub-advisers  and individuals are primarily  responsible
for the day-to-day management of the Funds:

     THE NORTHERN  TRUST  COMPANY  ("NTC"),  50 South LaSalle  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois  60675,  manages the portfolio of the  GOVERNMENT  BOND FUND.  NTC is a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation
that was incorporated in 1889. NTC presently manages  approximately $196 billion
in  assets  for  endowments  and  foundations,  corporations,  public  funds and
insurance  companies.  Mr. James Snyder,  CFA, is Chief  Investment  Officer and
Executive  Vice  President  for NTC.  Mr.  Snyder  brings  more than 25 years of
experience  managing  fixed  income  asset  and  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration  in Finance  from DePaul  University  in Chicago,  Illinois.  Mr.
Stephen Timbers,  is President of Northern Trust Global Investments and a Member
of the  Management  Committee  of NTC.  Prior to joining  NTC,  Mr.  Timbers was
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Zurich Kemper
Investments,  the  investment  adviser  to  the  Kemper  Funds  and  the  parent
organization of Zurich  Investment  Management,  Inc. Prior to joining Kemper in
1987, Mr. Timbers was Executive Vice President and Chief  Investment  Officer of
the Portfolio Group, Inc. Mr. Timbers holds a Masters in Business Administration
from Harvard University in Cambridge,  Massachusetts. Mr. Mark J. Wirth, CFA, is
Co-Director  of Fixed  Income and  Senior  Vice  President  for NTC.  Mr.  Wirth
co-manages NTC's fixed income  management  division and leads NTC's fixed income
effort  as  a  senior  strategist.   Mr.  Wirth  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration  from the  University of Wisconsin in Madison,  Wisconsin and has
been in the industry since 1986. Mr. Monty Memler,  CFA, is a Vice President and
Senior  Portfolio  Manager  for NTC.  Mr.  Memler has been a member of the fixed
income   team  at  NTC  for  seven   years  and  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration from the University of Chicago in Chicago,  Illinois and has been
in the industry since 1986. Mr. Steven Schafer,  CFA, is a Second Vice President
and Portfolio  Manager for NTC. Mr. Schafer is responsible  for managing  active
and  passive   fixed  income   portfolios   and  holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration from the University of Chicago in Chicago,  Illinois. Mr. Schafer
has been in the  industry  since 1990.  Mr.  Michael J.  Lannan,  CFA, is a Vice
President and Portfolio  Manager for NTC. Mr. Lannan holds a Masters in Business
Administration  from Depaul University in Chicago,  Illinois and has been in the
industry since 1988. Mr. Peter T. Marchese,  CFA, is a Second Vice President and
Portfolio   Manager  for  NTC.  Mr.   Marchese   holds  a  Masters  in  Business
Administration  from the  University of Wisconsin in Madison,  Wisconsin and has
been in the industry since 1987.

     CONSECO CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT,  INC. ("CCM"),  11825 N. Pennsylvania  Street,
Carmel,  Indiana 46032, manages the portfolio of the CORPORATE BOND FUND. CCM is
a  Delaware  corporation  that was  organized  in 1981 and is  registered  as an
investment  adviser under the Advisers Act. CCM is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Conseco,  Inc.,  a  financial  services  holding  company  that owns or controls
several life  insurance  companies.  CCM  presently  manages  approximately  $31
billion  for  individuals,   corporations,   insurance   companies,   investment
companies,  pension plans, trusts, estates, as well as charitable  organizations
including foundations and endowments.  Mr. Maxwell Bublitz, CFA, is President of
CCM and  holds a Masters  in  Business  Administration  from the  University  of
Southern  California in Los Angeles,  California.  Prior to joining CCM in 1987,
Mr. Bublitz was a Portfolio Manager for Transamerica  Investment Services in Los
Angeles,  California. Mr. Thomas A. Meyers, CFA, is the Fund's Portfolio Manager
and is a Senior Vice  President  and Director of Marketing  for CCM. Mr.  Meyers
received his BA from Brown  University in  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  Prior to
joining CCM in 1988, Mr. Meyers was a Securities  Analyst for Capital Research &
Management  in Los  Angeles,  California.  Mr.  Andrew S. Chow,  CFA,  is a Vice
President for CCM and holds a Masters in 


                                       10
<PAGE>

Business   Administration   from  Carnegie  Mellon   University  in  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania.  Prior  to  joining  CCM  in  1991,  Mr.  Chow  was a  Manager  of
Quantitative  Analysis at Washington  Square Capital in Minneapolis,  Minnesota.
Mr. Joseph F. DeMichele is a Vice President for CCM and holds a Bachelor of Arts
in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.
Prior to joining CCM in 1990, Mr. DeMichele was an Assistant Trader for Salomon,
Inc.  in New York.  Mr.  Gregory  Hahn,  CFA,  is a Senior  Vice  President  and
Portfolio  Manager for CCM and holds a Masters in Business  Administration  from
Indiana University in Indianapolis,  Indiana.  Prior to joining CCM in 1989, Mr.
Hahn  was  a  Fixed  Income   Portfolio   Manager  for  Unified   Management  in
Indianapolis,  Indiana.  Mr. Gordon N. Smith,  is a Vice President and Portfolio
Manager for CCM and holds a Masters in Finance from the  University of Wisconsin
in Madison,  Wisconsin.  Prior to joining CCM in 1995, Mr. Smith was a Portfolio
Manager for Strong Capital Management in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin from 1989 to
1995.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the  separate  accounts  managed by CCM that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Corporate  Bond Fund. The data is provided to illustrate the
past performance of CCM in managing  substantially  similar accounts as measured
against a specified  market  index and does not  represent  the  performance  of
Corporate Bond Fund.  Investors  should not consider this performance data as an
indication of future performance of the Corporate Bond Fund or of CCM.

         These  investment   results  have  been  calculated  and  presented  in
compliance  with the  Performance  Presentation  Standards of the Association of
Investment  Management and Research ("AIMR"),  retroactively applied to all time
periods.  AIMR has not been  involved  with the  preparation  or  review of this
report.  All returns  presented  were  calculated  on a total  return  basis and
include all dividends and interest,  accrued  income and realized and unrealized
gains and losses.  All returns  reflect the  deduction of the actual  investment
advisory fees, brokerage  commissions and execution costs paid by the investment
adviser's private accounts, without provision for federal or state income taxes.
Custodial fees, if any, were not included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by CCM  that  have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially   similar  to  those  of  the  Corporate  Bond  Fund.   Securities
transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  accrual  accounting  is
utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance returns.  Results for
the full period are  time-weighted  and dollar  weighted in accordance with AIMR
standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which  the   Corporate   Bond  Fund  is  subject  nor  to  the   diversification
requirements,  specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations  imposed by
the 1940 Act or  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
(the  "Code").  The Fund's  returns  would be reduced to the extent its fees and
expenses  are  higher  than the  fees  and  expenses  incurred  by the  separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
presentation  below  describes  and  contains  six (6)  accounts  valued,  as of
December 31, 1997, at $71.7 million.

         The investment  results of CCM's private  accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced  by the Fund or an  individual  investor  investing in the Corporate
Bond  Fund.  Investors  should  also be  aware  that  the  use of a


                                       11
<PAGE>

methodology different from that used below to calculate performance could result
in different  performance data. The Fund's  performance will be calculated using
the method  required by the SEC, which differs from the method used to calculate
the performance of the separate accounts.

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                       <C>
                                                   CCM's Composite                        Lehman Brothers
                                                       for the                               Corporate
Year(s)                                         Corporate Bond Style                       Bond Index(2)
- -------                                         --------------------                      ---------------
Since Inception (7/1/1990)(1)......................... 10.53%                                  9.74%
5 Years (1993-1997)(1)................................  8.83%                                  8.45%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1)................................ 11.38%                                 11.65%
1 Year (1997)(1)...................................... 10.05%                                 10.24%
1993.................................................. 13.57%                                 12.17%
1994.................................................. (2.74%)                                (3.92%)
1995.................................................. 19.59%                                 22.24%
1996..................................................  4.97%                                  3.29%
1997.................................................. 10.05%                                 10.24%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The Lehman Brothers Corporate Bond Index represents  taxable,  U.S.
dollar  denominated  debt  securities.  The index is  composed  of all  publicly
issued,  fixed rate,  nonconvertible  investment grade debt registered under the
Securities Act of 1933. The index includes the industrial,  finance, and utility
sectors.  The index also includes  "Yankee  bonds," that is, debt registered and
sold  in the  United  States  by  foreign  issuers,  including  debt  issued  or
guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,  municipalities, or governmental or
international  agencies.  Performance  figures  for  the  Index  do not  reflect
deduction of brokerage commissions, or other transaction costs, nor is the Index
subject to management and other fees charged to the private accounts.

     DAVIS HAMILTON,  INC., D/B/A DAVIS HAMILTON JACKSON & ASSOCIATES  ("DHJA"),
Two Houston Center,  909 Fannin,  Suite 550, Houston,  Texas 77010,  manages the
portfolio of the GROWTH EQUITY FUND. DHJA is a corporation that was organized in
1988  under the laws of the State of Texas and is  registered  as an  investment
adviser  under the Advisers  Act.  DHJA  currently  manages  approximately  $2.2
billion for institutions and high net worth individuals and invests primarily in
domestic equity  securities.  Mr. Jack R. Hamilton,  CFA, is the President and a
shareholder  of DHJA,  and  received  his Bachelor of Arts in Finance from Texas
Tech  University  in Lubbock,  Texas.  Prior to  co-founding  DHJA in 1988,  Mr.
Hamilton was a Vice  President  at Citicorp  Investment  Management  in Houston,
Texas. Mr. Robert C. Davis,  CFA, is the Secretary,  Treasurer and a shareholder
of DHJA,  and  received his M.A. in Economics  from the  University  of Texas at
Arlington in Arlington,  Texas. Prior to co-founding DHJA in 1988, Mr. Davis was
a Senior Vice President at Lovett,  Mitchell, Webb & Garrison in Houston, Texas.
Mr. J.  Patrick  Clegg,  CFA, is the Fund's  Portfolio  Manager and received his
M.B.A. from the University of Texas in Austin,  Texas.  Prior to joining DHJA in
1996,  Mr. Clegg was a Principal and Director of Research at Luther King Capital
Management in Fort Worth, Texas.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the separate  accounts  managed by DHJA that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Growth Equity Fund.  The data is provided to illustrate  the
past performance of DHJA in managing  substantially similar accounts as measured
against a specified  market  index and does not  represent  the  performance  of
Growth Equity Fund.  Investors  should not consider this  performance data as an
indication of future performance of the Growth Equity Fund or of DHJA.

     These  investment  results have been calculated and presented in compliance
with the Performance  Presentation Standards of AIMR only for the period January
1, 1993  through  December  31,  1997.  Prior to January 1, 1993,  not all fully
discretionary  portfolios were represented in appropriate composites.  Composite
results for the period of July 1, 1988 through December 31, 1992,  include fully
discretionary  accounts over $1.0 million that were managed in  accordance  with
the  quality  growth  equity  strategy.  AIMR  has not  been  involved  with the
preparation or review of this report. All returns presented were calculated on a
total return basis


                                       12
<PAGE>

and  include  all  dividends  and  interest,  accrued  income and  realized  and
unrealized  gains and losses.  All returns  reflect the deduction of the highest
investment  advisory  fee  charged to any  account,  brokerage  commissions  and
execution  costs paid by the  investment  adviser's  private  accounts,  without
provision  for federal or state income taxes.  Custodial  fees, if any, were not
included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by DHJA  that have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially   similar  to  those  of  the  Growth   Equity  Fund.   Securities
transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  accrual  accounting  is
utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance returns.  Results for
the period of July 1, 1988 through December 31, 1992 were valued monthly and the
composites  were equal  weighted.  Results for the period  from  January 1, 1993
through  December 31, 1997 are valued  monthly and  portfolio  returns have been
weighted by using  beginning-of-month  market values plus weighted cash flows in
accordance with AIMR standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Growth Equity Fund is subject nor to the diversification requirements,
specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or
Subchapter M of the Code.  The Fund's returns would be reduced to the extent its
fees and expenses are higher than the fees and expenses incurred by the separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
presentation below describes and contains forty-five (45) accounts valued, as of
December 31, 1997, at $1.032 billion.

         The investment  results of DHJA's private accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced by the Fund or an individual investor investing in the Growth Equity
Fund.  Investors  should also be aware that the use of a  methodology  different
from  that  used  below to  calculate  performance  could  result  in  different
performance  data. The Fund's  performance  will be calculated  using the method
required  by the SEC,  which  differs  from the  method  used to  calculate  the
performance of the separate accounts.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>                                     <C>
                                                  DHJA's Composite                         Russell 1000
                                                       for the                                Growth
Year(s)                                          Growth Equity Style                         Index(2)
- -------                                          -------------------                       -------------
Since Inception (7/1/1988)(1).........................  17.6%                                 17.95%
5 Years (1993-1997)(1)................................  18.8%                                 18.44%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1)................................  28.4%                                 30.18%
1 Year (1997)(1)......................................  34.9%                                 30.48%
1993..................................................  20.2%                                  2.90%
1994.................................................. (6.9%)                                  2.66%
1995..................................................  35.4%                                 37.19%
1996..................................................  15.9%                                 23.23%
1997..................................................  34.9%                                 30.48%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The  Russell  1000  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 1,000
largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index,  which represents the approximately
90% of the total market  capitalization  of the Russell 3000 Index. (The Russell
3000  consists  of the  3,000  largest  U.S.  companies  based on  total  market
capitalization;  it represents  approximately  98% of the investable U.S. equity
market.)  When the  Russell  1000 was last  reconstituted,  its  average  market
capitalization   was   approximately   $7.6  billion,   and  its  median  market
capitalization was approximately $3.0 billion. The smallest company in the Index
had an  approximate  market  capitalization  of $1.1  billion.  The Growth Index
measures  the   performance   of  those  Russell  1000   companies  with  higher
price-to-book  ratios and higher forecasted growth values.  Performance  figures
for the  Index do not  reflect  deduction  of  brokerage  commissions,  or other
transaction costs, nor is the Index subject to management and other fees charged
to the private accounts.

     BEUTEL,  GOODMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ("BGCM"),  5847 San Felipe, Suite 4500,
Houston, Texas 77057-3011,  manages the portfolio of the VALUE EQUITY FUND. BGCM
is a  partnership  that was organized in 1988 and is registered as an investment
adviser under the Advisers Act. BGCM has two general  partners,  Value Corp. and
Beutel, 

                                       13
<PAGE>

Goodman America Inc. Beutel,  Goodman America Inc. is owned by BG Canada: 51% of
BG  Canada  is owned by its  employees,  49% is owned by Duff &  Phelps,  a U.S.
public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange. BG Canada is registered as
an investment adviser with the Ontario and Quebec Securities  Commissions.  BGCM
currently manages  approximately $1.9 billion in assets. Mr. Richard J. Andrews,
CFA, has served as President  and a member of the  Investment  Committee of BGCM
since 1995.  Mr. Andrews served as a Vice President and member of the Investment
Committee  of BGCM  from 1988 to 1995.  Mr.  Andrews  received  his  Masters  in
Business  Administration  from Amos  Tuck,  Dartmouth  College in  Hanover,  New
Hampshire.  Mr. John Philip Ferguson,  is the Fund's  Portfolio  Manager and has
served as Vice President and a member of the Investment  Committee of BGCM since
1988.  Mr.  Ferguson  received his Juris Doctor from the University of Texas Law
School,  in Austin,  Texas.  Mr.  Forrest B. Bruch,  Jr.,  CFA,  has served as a
Portfolio Manager of BGCM since 1995. Mr. Bruch received his Masters in Business
Administration  from the  University  of Houston  in  Houston,  Texas.  Prior to
joining BGCM, Mr. Bruch was a Managing Director of Investments for Savoy Capital
in Houston, Texas from 1991 to 1994 and a First Vice President for Paine Webber,
Inc.  in Houston,  Texas in 1990.  Mr. Carl  Dinger,  CFA,  has served as a Vice
President and  Portfolio  Manager for BGCM since 1991.  Mr. Dinger  received his
Masters in Business Administration from Lehigh University. Prior to joining BGCM
in 1991, Mr. Dinger was an Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Bering  Corporation
in Houston, Texas from 1988 to 1990. Mr. Frank McReynolds Wozencraft,  Jr., CFA,
has served as a Vice President for BGCM since 1996 and a Portfolio Manager since
1993. Mr.  Wozencraft  received his Masters of Management from the J.L.  Kellogg
Graduate School of Management,  Northwestern University, in Evanston,  Illinois.
Prior to joining  BGCM in 1993,  Mr.  Wozencraft  was a  Financial  Analyst  for
Hendricks  Management Co., in Houston,  Texas from 1992 to 1993, and a Financial
Analyst for Criterion Investment Management Company in Houston,  Texas from 1985
to 1990.

         The  following  table sets forth the  performance  data relating to the
historical  performance  of the separate  accounts  managed by BGCM that have an
investment objective and investment policies, strategies and risks substantially
similar to those of Value Equity Fund.  The data is provided to  illustrate  the
past performance of BGCM in managing  substantially similar accounts as measured
against a specified market index and does not represent the performance of Value
Equity  Fund.  Investors  should  not  consider  this  performance  data  as  an
indication of future performance of the Value Equity Fund or of BGCM.

         As of January 1, 1993,  these  investment  results have been calculated
and presented in compliance with the Performance Presentation Standards of AIMR.
AIMR has not been involved with the  preparation  or review of this report.  All
returns  presented  were  calculated  on a total  return  basis and  include all
dividends and interest,  accrued  income and realized and  unrealized  gains and
losses.  All  returns  reflect the  deduction  of a  combination  of the highest
investment  advisory fees from 1988 to 1989 and the actual  investment  advisory
fees charged to each account from 1990 through 1997,  brokerage  commissions and
execution  costs paid by the  investment  adviser's  private  accounts,  without
provision  for federal or state income taxes.  Custodial  fees, if any, were not
included in the calculation.

         The   presentation   below   describes   and   consists  of  the  fully
discretionary  taxable  or  tax-exempt  accounts  managed  by BGCM  that have an
investment   objective,   and   investment   policies,   strategies   and  risks
substantially similar to those of the Value Equity Fund. The performance figures
currently  represent a size-weighted  average of the total return performance of
all fully discretionary, non-wrap, tax-exempt, fee paying U.S. equity portfolios
over  $100,000  in size that  have been  managed  for a full


                                       14
<PAGE>

quarter. Prior to January 1, 1993, the composite was equally-weighted.  Prior to
January 1, 1990,  U.S.  equity  accounts  managed by an  affiliate  company  are
included;  from January 1, 1990, only those  portfolios  managed in the U.S. are
included.  Securities  transactions  are  accounted  for on the  trade  date and
accrual accounting is utilized. Cash and equivalents are included in performance
returns.  Results for the period from January 1, 1993 through  December 31, 1997
are time-weighted and dollar weighted in accordance with AIMR standards.

         The private  accounts  are not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Value Equity Fund is subject nor to the diversification  requirements,
specific tax restrictions and investment  limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or
Subchapter M of the Code.  The Fund's returns would be reduced to the extent its
fees and expenses are higher than the fees and expenses incurred by the separate
accounts. Also, the performance results for the private accounts could have been
adversely  affected if the private  accounts  included in the composite had been
regulated  as an  investment  company  under the federal  securities  laws.  The
composite below contains  seventy-nine (79) accounts,  valued as of December 31,
1997 at $611.9 million.

         The investment  results of BGCM's private accounts  presented below are
unaudited  and are not  intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be
experienced by the Fund or an individual  investor investing in the Value Equity
Fund.  Investors  should also be aware that the use of a  methodology  different
from  that  used  below to  calculate  performance  could  result  in  different
performance  data. The Fund's  performance  will be calculated  using the method
required  by the SEC,  which  differs  from the  method  used to  calculate  the
performance of the separate accounts.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>                                        <C>
                                                  BGCM's Composite                         Russell 1000
                                                       for the                                 Value
Years(s)                                         Value Equity Style                          Index (2)
- --------                                         ------------------                        -------------
10 Years (1988-1997)(1)...............................  17.5%                                 18.16%
5 Years (1993-1997)(1)................................  20.1%                                 21.36%
3 Years (1995-1997)(1)................................  28.3%                                 31.52%
1 Year (1997)(1)......................................  29.6%                                 35.18%
1993..................................................  23.0%                                 18.12%
1994.................................................. (4.0%)                                 (2.01%)
1995..................................................  32.6%                                 38.34%
1996..................................................  22.9%                                 21.63%
1997..................................................  29.6%                                 35.18%
</TABLE>

         (1) Average annual returns through December 31, 1997.

         (2) The  Russell  1000  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 1,000
largest companies in the Russell 3000 Index,  which represents the approximately
90% of the total market  capitalization  of the Russell 3000 Index. (The Russell
3000  consists  of the  3,000  largest  U.S.  companies  based on  total  market
capitalization;  it represents  approximately  98% of the investable U.S. equity
market.)  When the  Russell  1000 was last  reconstituted,  its  average  market
capitalization   was   approximately   $7.6  billion,   and  its  median  market
capitalization was approximately $3.0 billion. The smallest company in the Index
had an  approximate  market  capitalization  of $1.1  billion.  The Value  Index
measures  the   performance   of  those  Russell  1000   companies   with  lower
price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Performance figures for
the  Index  do  not  reflect  deduction  of  brokerage  commissions,   or  other
transaction costs, nor is the Index subject to management and other fees charged
to the private accounts.

         The Adviser  performs  internal due diligence on each  Sub-adviser  and
monitors each  Sub-adviser's  performance.  The Adviser will be responsible  for
communicating   performance   targets  and  evaluations  to  the   Sub-advisers,
supervising each Sub-adviser's compliance with its Fund's fundamental investment
objectives  and  policies,   authorizing   Sub-advisers  to  engage  in  certain
investment  techniques  for the Funds,  and  recommending  to the Board  whether
sub-advisory agreements should be renewed,  modified or terminated.  The Adviser
pays a fee to each of the  Sub-advisers.  These  fees are  borne  solely  by the
Adviser and do not increase 


                                       15
<PAGE>

the fees paid by shareholders  of the Funds. As of the date of this  Prospectus,
the Adviser will pay NTC,  CCM,  DHJA,  BGCM fees of 0.20%,  0.20%,  0.30%,  and
0.30%,  respectively,  of the average daily net assets of the Fund for which the
Sub-adviser provides investment advisory services.  The amount of these fees may
vary  from  time  to  time  as  a  result  of  periodic  negotiations  with  the
Sub-advisers and pursuant to certain factors described in the SAI. The amount of
advisory  fees paid by each Fund  will not vary as a result  of  changes  in the
Sub-advisory fees, however.

         The Adviser also may from time to time recommend that the Board replace
one or more Sub-advisers or appoint  additional  Sub-advisers,  depending on the
Adviser's  assessment  of what  combination  of  Sub-advisers  it believes  will
optimize each Fund's chances of achieving its investment objective. In the event
that a Sub-adviser  ceased to provide  investment  advisory services for a Fund,
the  Adviser  would  recommend  to the Board a  similarly  qualified  investment
adviser to replace the Sub-adviser but would not manage the Fund's portfolio.

         Section  15(a)  of the  1940 Act  requires  that a Fund's  shareholders
approve its investment  advisory  contracts.  As interpreted,  this  requirement
applies to the Sub-advisory contracts of the Funds. The Trust is applying to the
SEC for a conditional exemption from this shareholder approval requirement.  The
SEC has granted such  applications  in the past,  and the Trust  expects it will
receive the requested  exemption.  Such relief is not certain,  however.  If the
exemption  is  granted,  the  Board  would  be able  to  appoint  additional  or
replacement  Sub-advisers  without  Shareholder  approval.  The Board would not,
however,  be able to  replace  the  Adviser  as  investment  adviser to any Fund
without the approval of that Fund's shareholders.

ADMINISTRATOR

         On behalf of the Fund,  the Trust has  entered  into an  Administration
Agreement  with  Forum  Administrative   Services,  LLC  ("FAdS").   Under  this
agreement, Forum is responsible for the supervision of the overall management of
the Trust  (including  the Trust's  receipt of services  for which it must pay),
providing  the Trust  with  general  office  facilities  and  providing  persons
satisfactory to the Board to serve as officers of the Trust. For these services,
FAdS  receives a fee computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.15% of the
average  daily net assets  under $150  million,  and 0.10% of the average  daily
assets over $150 million of each Fund,  subject to an annual  minimum of $30,000
per Fund.

         As of February 28, 1998,  FAdS  administers  investment  companies  and
collective investment funds with assets of approximately $45 billion.

DISTRIBUTOR

         Pursuant to a Distribution  Agreement with the Trust,  Forum  Financial
Services,  Inc. ("FFSI") acts as distributor of the Fund's Shares.  FFSI acts as
the agent of the Trust in  connection  with the  offering of Shares of the Fund.
FFSI receives no compensation for its services under the Distribution Agreement.
FFSI may enter into arrangements  with banks,  broker-dealers or other financial
institutions ("Selected Dealers") through which investors may purchase or redeem
Shares.  FFSI may,  at its own expense  and from its own  resources,  compensate
certain  persons who provide  services in  connection  with the sale or expected
sale of Shares  of the Fund.  Investors  purchasing  Shares of the Fund  through
another financial institution should read any materials and information provided
by the financial  institution to acquaint themselves with its procedures and any
fees that it may charge.  FFSI is a registered  broker-dealer and is a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
         The Trust has adopted a shareholder  services plan  providing  that the
Trust may obtain the  services  of the  Adviser  and other  qualified  financial
institutions to act as shareholder  servicing agents for their customers.  Under
this plan,  the Trust has 


                                       16
<PAGE>

authorized  FAS to enter  into  agreements  pursuant  to which  the  shareholder
servicing agent performs certain shareholder  services not otherwise provided by
the Funds'  transfer agent.  For these services,  the Trust pays the shareholder
servicing  agent a fee of up to 0.05% of the  average  daily  net  assets of the
Institutional  Shares owned by  investors  for which the  shareholder  servicing
agent  maintains  a  servicing  relationship.  Among the  services  provided  by
shareholder servicing agents are: answering customer inquiries regarding account
matters;  assisting  shareholders  in designating  and changing  various account
options;   aggregating  and  processing   purchase  and  redemption  orders  and
transmitting and receiving funds for shareholder orders; transmitting, on behalf
of  the  Trust,  proxy  statements,  prospectuses  and  shareholder  reports  to
shareholders and tabulating proxies;  processing dividend payments and providing
subaccounting services for Institutional Shares held beneficially; and providing
such other services as the Trust or a shareholder may request.

TRANSFER AGENT

         The Trust has  entered  into a  Transfer  Agency  Agreement  with Forum
Shareholder  Services,  LLC  ("FSS")  pursuant  to which FSS acts as the  Fund's
transfer agent and dividend  disbursing agent. FSS maintains an account for each
shareholder  of the Trust (unless such accounts are  maintained by  sub-transfer
agents),   performs  other  transfer  agency  functions  and  acts  as  dividend
disbursing agent for the Trust.

         Pursuant  to a  separate  agreement,  Forum  Accounting  Services,  LLC
("FAcS") provides portfolio accounting services to each Fund. The Adviser, FAdS,
FFSI, FSS and FAcS are members of the Forum  Financial  Group of companies which
together  provide  a full  range  of  services  to the  investment  company  and
financial  services  industry.  As of October 1, 1997, the Adviser,  FAdS,  FSS,
FFSI,  and FAcS  were  controlled  by John Y.  Keffer  and were  located  at Two
Portland Square, Portland, Maine, 04101.

EXPENSES OF THE TRUST

         Each Fund's expenses comprise Trust expenses  attributable to the Fund,
and a pro rata share of the  Trust's  expenses  that are not  attributable  to a
particular Fund. The Adviser,  FAdS, FSS, FAcS or any other entity that provides
services for the Funds pursuant to a contract with the Trust, may waive all or a
portion of its fees, which are accrued daily, and paid monthly. Any such waiver,
which could be discontinued at any time, would have the effect of increasing the
Fund's  performance  for the  period  during  which the waiver was in effect and
would not be recouped at a later date.

CUSTODY

         BankBoston   serves  as  each   Fund's   custodian   and  may   appoint
subcustodians  for the  foreign  securities  and other  assets  held in  foreign
countries.

4.  HOW TO BUY SHARES

MINIMUM INVESTMENT

         There is a $10 million minimum for initial  purchases of Shares of each
Fund.  Either  management  of the Trust or FSS may in its  discretion  waive the
investment minimums. There is no minimum for subsequent purchases.

         The Funds reserve the right to reject any subscription for the purchase
of their shares.  Share  certificates  are issued only to shareholders of record
upon their written request and no certificates are issued for fractional Shares.

PURCHASE PROCEDURES

THERE ARE THREE WAYS TO PURCHASE SHARES INITIALLY.

BY MAIL
         You may send a check or money order  (cash  cannot be  accepted)  along
with a completed  account  application  form to the Trust at the address  listed
under "Account  Application."  Checks or money orders are accepted at full value
subject to  collection.  If a check or money order does not


                                       17
<PAGE>

clear,  the purchase  order will be canceled and the investor will be liable for
any losses or fees incurred by the Trust, FSS or FAdS.

         For  individual  or Uniform Gift to Minors Act  accounts,  the check or
money order used to purchase  Shares of a Fund must be made payable to "Memorial
Funds" or to one or more  owners  of that  account  and  endorsed  to  "Memorial
Funds." No other method of payment by check will be accepted.  For  corporation,
partnership, trust, 401(k) plan or other non-individual type accounts, the check
used to purchase  Shares of a Fund must be made payable on its face to "Memorial
Funds." No other method of payment by check will be accepted. All purchases must
be paid  in U.S.  dollars;  checks  must be  drawn  on U.S.  banks.  Payment  by
traveler's checks is prohibited.

BY BANK WIRE
         You make an  initial  investment  in a Fund  using the wire  system for
transmittal  of money  among  banks.  You should  first  telephone  FSS at (888)
263-5593 to obtain an account  number.  You should then  instruct a bank to wire
your money immediately to:

           BankBoston
           Boston, Massachusetts 
           ABA # 011000390
           For Credit To: Forum Financial Corp.
           Account No.: 541-54171
                      RE:        Memorial Funds
                                 [Name of Fund] - Institutional Shares
                                 [Investor's Name]
                                 [Investor's Account No.]


         You should then  promptly  complete  and mail the  account  application
form.  Your bank may charge for  transmitting  the money by bank wire. The Trust
does not charge you for the receipt of wire  transfers.  Payment by bank wire is
treated as a federal funds payment when received.

THROUGH FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
         You may also purchase Shares through certain broker-dealers,  banks and
other  financial  institutions   ("Processing   Organizations").   FSS  and  its
affiliates may be Processing Organizations. Processing Organizations may receive
payments  from Forum  with  respect  to sales of Trust  Shares  and may  receive
payments  as a  processing  agent from FSS.  Financial  institutions,  including
Processing  Organizations,  may charge their  customers a fee for their services
and are responsible  for promptly  transmitting  purchase,  redemption and other
requests to the Funds.

         If you purchase Shares through a Processing  Organization,  you will be
subject to its procedures  which may include  charges,  limitations,  investment
minimums, cutoff times and restrictions in addition to, or different from, those
applicable to  shareholders  who invest in a Fund directly.  You should acquaint
yourself with your  institution's  procedures and should read this Prospectus in
conjunction with any materials and information provided by their institution. If
you purchase a Fund's Shares through a Processing  Organization,  you may or may
not be the  shareholder  of record and,  subject to your  institution's  and the
Fund's  procedures,  may have Fund Shares  transferred  into your name. There is
typically a three-day  settlement  period for purchases and redemptions  through
broker-dealers.  Certain Processing Organizations also may enter purchase orders
with payment to follow.

         Certain  shareholder  services  may  not  be  available  to  you if you
purchase  Shares  through a  Processing  Organization.  You should  contact your
Processing Organization for further information. The Trust may confirm purchases
and  redemptions  of a  Processing  Organization's  customers  directly  to  the
Processing  Organization,   which  in  turn  will  provide  its  customers  with
confirmations  and periodic  statements.  The Trust is not  responsible  for the
failure  of any  Processing  Organization  to carry out its  obligations  to its
customer.

                                       18
<PAGE>

SUBSEQUENT PURCHASES

         You may make subsequent purchases by mailing a check, by sending a bank
wire or through your Processing  Organization as indicated  above.  All payments
should clearly indicate your name and account number.

ACCOUNT APPLICATION

         An account  application  is included in this  Prospectus.  You may also
obtain an account  application  that is  necessary to open an account by writing
the Trust at the following address:

         Memorial Funds
         P.O. BOX 446
         PORTLAND, ME  04112

         To participate  in  shareholder  services not referenced on the account
application form and to change  information on your account (such as addresses),
you should  contact  the Trust.  The Trust  reserves  the right in the future to
modify, limit or terminate any shareholder  privilege upon appropriate notice to
shareholders and to charge a fee for certain shareholder  services,  although no
such fees are currently  contemplated.  You may  terminate  your exercise of any
privilege or participation in any program at any time by writing to the Trust.

GENERAL INFORMATION

         Fund Shares are  continuously  sold on any weekday except days when the
New York Stock Exchange is closed,  normally New Year's Day, Martin Luther King,
Jr. Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence  Day, Labor
Day,  Thanksgiving  Day and Christmas  ("Fund Business Day"). The purchase price
for a  share  of a  Fund  equals  its  net  asset  value  next-determined  after
acceptance of an order in proper form.

         Fund shares become entitled to receive  dividends and  distributions on
the next Fund Business Day after a purchase order is accepted.

         All payments for Shares must be in U.S.  dollars.  All  transactions in
Fund Shares are effected  through FSS, which accepts orders for  redemptions and
for  subsequent  purchases only from  shareholders  of record.  Shareholders  of
record  will  receive  from the Trust  periodic  statements  listing all account
activity during the statement period.

         For  information  regarding  purchase  and  redemption  of  shareholder
accounts, please call Forum Shareholder Services at 1-888-263-5593.

5.  HOW TO SELL SHARES

GENERAL INFORMATION

         Fund  Shares may be sold  ("redeemed")  at their net asset value on any
Fund Business Day.  There is no minimum  period of investment and no restriction
on the frequency of redemptions.

         Fund Shares are redeemed at the Fund's net asset value next  determined
after FSS  receives  the  redemption  order in proper  form (and any  supporting
documentation that FSS may require). Redeemed Shares are not entitled to receive
dividends declared after the day the redemption becomes effective.

         Normally,  redemption  proceeds are paid  immediately,  but in no event
later than seven days,  following  receipt of a  redemption  order.  Proceeds of
redemption requests (and exchanges),  however, will not be paid unless any check
used to purchase the Shares being redeemed has been cleared by the shareholder's
bank,  which may take up to 15 days.  This  delay may be  avoided  by paying for
Shares through wire transfers.  Unless otherwise indicated,  redemption proceeds
normally are paid by check mailed to the shareholder's record address. The right
of redemption may not be suspended nor the payment dates postponed for more than
seven days after the  tender of the Shares to a Fund,  except  when the New York
Stock Exchange is closed (or when trading on the Exchange is restricted) for any
reason  other than its  customary  weekend or holiday  closings,  for any period
during  which an emergency  exists as a result of which  disposal by the Fund of
its portfolio  securities or  determination  by


                                       19
<PAGE>

the Fund of the value of its net assets is not  reasonably  practicable  and for
such other periods as the SEC may permit.

REDEMPTION PROCEDURES

         If you invested  through a Processing  Organization you may redeem your
Shares through the Processing  Organization as described  above. If you invested
directly in a Fund, you may redeem your Shares as described  below.  If you wish
to redeem shares by telephone or receive  redemption  proceeds by bank wire, you
must elect these options by properly completing the appropriate sections of your
account  application  form.  These privileges may not be available until several
weeks after your  application is received.  Shares for which  certificates  have
been issued may not be redeemed by telephone.

BY MAIL
         You may redeem Shares by sending a written  request to FSS  accompanied
by any  share  certificate  that may have  been  issued  to the  shareholder  to
evidence the Shares being redeemed.  All written requests for redemption must be
signed  by the  shareholder  with  signature  guaranteed,  and all  certificates
submitted for  redemption  must be endorsed by the  shareholder  with  signature
guaranteed. (See "How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

BY TELEPHONE
         If you have elected telephone redemption privileges,  you may request a
redemption by calling FSS at (888) 263-5593 and providing  your account  number,
the exact name in which your Shares are registered  and your social  security or
taxpayer   identification  number.  In  response  to  the  telephone  redemption
instruction,  the Trust will mail a check to your record address or, if you have
elected wire redemption privileges, wire the proceeds.
(See "How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

BY BANK WIRE
         For  redemptions  of  more  than  $5,000,  if  you  have  elected  wire
redemption  privileges,  you may  request  a Fund to  transmit  proceeds  of any
redemption  over  $5,000  by  federal  funds  wire to a bank  account  that  you
previously designated in writing. To request bank wire redemptions by telephone,
you also  must have  elected  the  telephone  redemption  privilege.  Redemption
proceeds  are  transmitted  by wire on the day after FSS  receives a  redemption
request in proper form.

OTHER REDEMPTION MATTERS

         To protect  shareholders  and the Funds  against  fraud,  signatures on
certain  requests  must have a  signature  guarantee.  Requests  must be made in
writing and include a signature guarantee for any of the following transactions:
(1)  any  endorsement  on a share  certificate;  (2)  instruction  to  change  a
shareholder's  record name; (3)  modification  of a designated  bank account for
wire  redemptions;   (4)  dividend  and  distribution  election;  (5)  telephone
redemption;  (6)  exchange  option  election  or any other  option  election  in
connection with the  shareholder's  account;  (7) written  instruction to redeem
Shares whose value exceeds  $50,000;  (8)  redemption in an account in which the
account  address has changed within the last 30 days;  (9)  redemption  when the
proceeds are deposited in a Memorial  Funds  account  under a different  account
registration;  and (10) the  remitting  of  redemption  proceeds to any address,
person or account for which there are not established  standing  instructions on
the account.

         Signature  guarantees  may  be  provided  by any  bank,  broker-dealer,
national  securities  exchange,  credit  union,  savings  association  or  other
eligible 


                                       20
<PAGE>

institution that is authorized to guarantee signatures and is acceptable to FSS.
Whenever a  signature  guarantee  is  required,  the  signature  of each  person
required to sign for the account must be guaranteed.

         Shareholders  who want to telephone  redemption or exchange  privileges
must elect those privileges. The Trust and FSS will employ reasonable procedures
in order to verify that  telephone  requests  are genuine,  including  recording
telephone  instructions  and  causing  written  confirmations  of the  resulting
transactions  to be sent to  shareholders.  If the Trust and FSS did not  employ
such  procedures,  they  could be  liable  for  losses  due to  unauthorized  or
fraudulent  telephone  instructions.  Shareholders should verify the accuracy of
telephone  instructions  immediately  upon receipt of  confirmation  statements.
During times of drastic  economic or market  changes,  telephone  redemption and
exchange  privileges  may  be  difficult  to  implement.  In  the  event  that a
shareholder  is  unable  to reach FSS by  telephone,  requests  may be mailed or
hand-delivered to FSS.

         Due to the cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the Trust reserves the
right to exchange, upon not less than 60 days' written notice, all Institutional
Shares in any Fund  account  whose  aggregate  net  asset  value is less than $5
million immediately following any redemption with Trust Shares.

         FSS will deem a shareholder's  account "lost" if  correspondence to the
shareholder's  address  of record  is  returned  as  undeliverable,  unless  FSS
determines  the  shareholder's  new address.  When an account is deemed lost all
distributions  on the account will be  reinvested  in  additional  Shares of the
Fund. In addition, the amount of any outstanding (unpaid for six months or more)
checks for  distributions  that have been returned to FSS will be reinvested and
the checks will be canceled.

6.  OTHER SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

EXCHANGES

         Shareholders  of one Fund may exchange  their shares for  Institutional
shares of any of the other Memorial  Funds, as well as for  Institutional  class
shares of Forum Daily  Assets  Treasury  Fund.  A  prospectus  for Daily  Assets
Government Fund can be obtained by contacting FSS.

         The Funds do not charge for exchanges,  and there is currently no limit
on the number of exchanges you may make.  The Funds reserve the right,  however,
to limit excessive  exchanges by any  shareholder.  Exchanges are subject to the
fees charged by, and the limitations (including minimum investment restrictions)
of, the Fund into which a shareholder is exchanging.

         Exchanges may only be made between  identically  registered accounts or
by opening a new account.  A new account  application  is required to open a new
account  through  an  exchange  if the new  account  will not have an  identical
registration and the same  shareholder  privileges as the account from which the
exchange is being made.  A  shareholder  may  exchange  into a Fund only if that
Fund's Shares may legally be sold in the shareholder's state of residence.

         Under  federal tax law, an  exchange is treated as a  redemption  and a
purchase.  Accordingly,  you may  realize a capital  gain or loss  depending  on
whether the value of the Shares  redeemed is more or less than your basis in the
Shares  at the time of the  exchange  transaction.  Exchange  procedures  may be
amended  materially  or terminated by the Trust at any time upon 60 days' notice
to shareholders.  (See "Additional  Purchase and Redemption  Information" in the
SAI.)

EXCHANGES BY MAIL

     You may make an exchange by sending a written request to FSS accompanied by
any share certificates for the Shares to be exchanged. You must sign all written
requests for exchanges and endorse


                                       21
<PAGE>

all  certificates  submitted for exchange with your signature  guaranteed.  (See
"How to Sell Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

EXCHANGES BY TELEPHONE
         If you  have  elected  telephone  exchange  privileges,  you may make a
telephone  exchange  request by calling FSS at (888)  263-5593 and providing the
account number, the exact name in which the shareholder's  shares are registered
and your social security or taxpayer  identification  number.  (See "How to Sell
Shares -- Other Redemption Matters.")

REOPENING ACCOUNTS

         You may reopen an account,  without  filing a new  account  application
form,  at any  time  within  one year  after  your  account  is  closed,  if the
information  on the  account  application  form on file  with the Trust is still
applicable.

7.  DIVIDENDS AND TAX MATTERS

DIVIDENDS

         The Fixed Income Funds declare dividends daily and pay dividends of net
investment  income  monthly.  The Equity Funds  declare and pay dividends of net
investment income, if any,  quarterly.  Each Fund's net capital gain, if any, is
distributed  annually.   All  dividends  and  distributions  are  reinvested  in
additional Fund Shares unless the shareholder elects to have them paid in cash.

PAYMENT OPTIONS

         You may choose to have dividends and distributions of a Fund reinvested
in shares of that Fund (the  "Reinvestment  Option"),  to receive  dividends and
distributions   in  cash  (the  "Cash  Option")  or  to  direct   dividends  and
distributions  to be  reinvested  in Shares of  another  Fund of the Trust  (the
"Directed Dividend Option").  All dividends and distributions are treated in the
same  manner  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  whether  received  in cash or
reinvested in Shares of a Fund.

         Under the  Reinvestment  Option,  all dividends and  distributions of a
Fund are automatically invested in additional Shares of that Fund. All dividends
and  distributions  are reinvested at a Fund's net asset value as of the payment
date of the dividend or  distribution.  You will be assigned  this option unless
you select one of the other two options.  Under the Cash Option,  all  dividends
and  distributions  are paid to the  shareholder  in cash.  Under  the  Directed
Dividend Option,  any shareholders of a Fund may elect to have all dividends and
distributions  reinvested in Shares of another Fund,  provided that those Shares
are  eligible  for sale in the  shareholder's  state of  residence.  For further
information concerning the Directed Dividend Option, shareholders should contact
FSS.

TAX MATTERS

         Each Fund  intends to  qualify  for each  fiscal  year to be taxed as a
"regulated  investment  company"  under the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code").  As such,  each Fund will not be liable for federal income
and excise taxes on the net investment  income and net capital gain  distributed
to its  shareholders.  Because  each Fund intends to  distribute  all of its net
investment income and net capital gain each year, each Fund should thereby avoid
all federal income and excise taxes.

         Dividends  paid by a Fund out of its net investment  income  (including
net  short-  term  capital  gain) are  taxable  to  shareholders  of the Fund as
ordinary income.  Pursuant to the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, two different tax
rates apply to net capital  gains--that is, the excess of net gains from capital
assets held for more than one year over net losses from capital  assets held for
not more than one year. One rate (generally 28%) applies to net gains on capital
assets  held for more  than one  year  but not more  than 18  months  ("mid-term
gains"),  and a second rate  (generally  20%) applies to the balance of such net
capital gains  ("adjusted net capital  gains").  Distributions of mid-term gains
and  adjusted  net  capital  gains  will be  taxable  to


                                       22
<PAGE>

shareholders  as such,  regardless of how long a shareholder  has held Shares in
the Fund. If a  shareholder  holds Shares for six months or less and during that
period receives a long-term capital gain distribution,  any loss realized on the
sale of the Shares during that six-month period will be a long-term capital loss
to the extent of the distribution.  Dividends and  distributions  reduce the net
asset value of the Fund paying the dividend or distribution by the amount of the
dividend or distribution.  Furthermore,  a dividend or distribution made shortly
after the  purchase  of Shares,  although  in effect a return of capital to you,
will be taxable as described above.

         Each Fund is  required by federal  law to  withhold  31% of  reportable
payments  (which  may  include   dividends,   capital  gain   distributions  and
redemptions)  paid to a shareholder who fails to provide the Fund with a correct
taxpayer  identification  number or to make required  certifications,  or who is
subject to backup withholding.

Reports  containing  appropriate  information with respect to the federal income
tax status of dividends and distributions paid during the year by each Fund will
be mailed to shareholders shortly after the close of each calendar year.

8.  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES AND     RISKS

IN GENERAL

         This  section  describes  in more  detail the Funds'  investments,  the
investment practices and strategies that the Sub-advisers may employ for a Fund,
and the risks associated with these investments and practices.

     A  FURTHER  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  FUNDS'  INVESTMENT  POLICIES,   INCLUDING
ADDITIONAL FUNDAMENTAL POLICIES, IS CONTAINED IN THE SAI.

         A Fund must invest in  accordance  with its  investment  objective  and
stated investment policies.  The holders of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund must approve any change to a Fund's investment  objective
or to an investment policy designated as fundamental.  A majority of outstanding
voting  securities  means the lesser of 67% of the Shares present or represented
at a  shareholders'  meeting  at  which  the  holders  of more  than  50% of the
outstanding  Shares  are  present  or  represented,  or  more  than  50%  of the
outstanding Shares.  Unless otherwise indicated,  the investment policies of the
Funds are not  fundamental  and may be changed by the Board without  shareholder
approval.  A Fund will apply the percentage  restrictions on its investments set
forth in its investment  policies when the investment is made. If the percentage
of a Fund's  assets  committed  to a  particular  investment  or practice  later
increases  because  of a change  in the  market  values  of a Fund's  assets  or
redemptions  of  Fund  Shares,  it  will  not  constitute  a  violation  of  the
limitation.

CORE AND GATEWAY(R)

         Notwithstanding  the Funds' other  investment  policies,  each Fund may
seek to achieve its  investment  objective by  converting  to a Core and Gateway
structure, upon future action by the Board and notice to shareholders. If a Fund
converts  to a Core  and  Gateway  structure,  it  would  seek  to  achieve  its
investment  objective by  investing  all or a portion of its assets in shares of
another  diversified,   open-end  management  investment  company  that  has  an
investment  objective and investment policies  substantially  similar to that of
the Fund.

FIXED INCOME SECURITIES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS

INTEREST RATE RISK
         All fixed income securities,  including U.S. Government Securities, can
change in value when there is a change in interest rates or the issuer's  actual
or  perceived  creditworthiness  or  ability to meet its  obligations.  There is
normally  an  inverse  relationship  between  the  market  value  of  securities
sensitive to prevailing  interest rates and actual 


                                       23
<PAGE>

changes in interest  rates.  In other  words,  an  increase  in  interest  rates
produces a decrease in market value. Moreover, the longer the remaining maturity
(and  duration) of a security,  the greater will be the effect of interest  rate
changes  on the market  value of that  security.  Changes  in the  ability of an
issuer to make payments of interest and principal and in the market's perception
of an issuer's  creditworthiness  will also affect the market  value of the debt
securities  of that issuer.  The  possibility  exists  that,  the ability of any
issuer to pay,  when due, the  principal of and interest on its debt  securities
may become impaired.

CREDIT RISK AND RATINGS
         The Fixed  Income  Funds'  investments  are  subject to  "credit  risk"
relating to the financial  condition of the issuers of the securities  that each
Fund  holds.  Each  Fund  attempts  to limit its  credit  risk by  limiting  its
investment in securities  rated in lower  categories by a Nationally  Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization ("NRSRO").

         The Government Bond Fund invests at least 90% of its net assets in U.S.
Government  Securities.  For this reason its exposure to credit risk is limited.
It may,  however,  invest  up to 10% of its net  assets  in  "investment  grade"
corporate  debt  instruments.  Accordingly,  the  Government  Bond  Fund may not
purchase any corporate debt instrument  having a long-term  rating for corporate
bonds,  including convertible bonds, lower than are "Baa" in the case of Moody's
Investors Service ("Moody's") and "BBB" in the case of Standard & Poor's ("S&P")
and Fitch Investors Service,  L.P. ("Fitch");  the lowest permissible  long-term
investment grades for preferred stock are "Baa" in the case of Moody's and "BBB"
in the case of S&P and Fitch; and the lowest permissible  short-term  investment
grades for short-term debt, including commercial paper, are Prime-2 (P-2) in the
case of Moody's,  A-2 in the case of S&P and F-2 in the case of Fitch.  Although
considered  investment  grade,  Moody's indicates that securities rated Baa have
speculative characteristics.

         The  Corporate  Bond Fund also  attempts  to limit its  credit  risk by
limiting its investment in securities  rated in lower categories by a Nationally
Recognized  Statistical  Rating  Organization  ("NRSRO").  At  least  80% of the
corporate debt securities  that the Fund purchases must be investment  grade. No
more than 5% of the Fund's net assets may be lower than  investment  grade.  The
Fund will attempt to maintain a minimum average  portfolio  rating,  on a dollar
weighted basis, of A by Moody's, S&P or Fitch.

         The Fixed  Income  Funds also may purchase  unrated  securities  if the
portfolio manager determines the security to be of comparable quality to a rated
security that the Fund may purchase.  Unrated  securities may not be as actively
traded as rated  securities.  Each Fund may retain a security  whose  rating has
been lowered below the Fund's lowest  permissible  rating  category (or that are
unrated  and  determined  by the  Sub-adviser  to be of  comparable  quality  to
securities  whose rating has been lowered  below the Fund's  lowest  permissible
rating category) if the portfolio manager determines that retaining the security
is in the best interests of the Fund.  Because a ratings downgrade often results
in a  reduction  in the  market  price  of the  security,  sale of a  downgraded
security may result in a loss.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
         The  Fixed  Income  Funds  may  invest  in U.S.  Government  Securities
including U.S. Treasury  Securities and obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S.
Government  agencies  and  instrumentalities  and  backed by the full  faith and
credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as those  guaranteed by the Small Business
Administration  or  issued  by  the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association
("Ginnie Mae").

         The  Corporate  Bond  Fund  also may  invest  in  securities  supported
primarily or solely by the creditworthiness of the issuer, such as securities of
the Federal National Mortgage  Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("Freddie Mac") and the Tennessee


                                       24
<PAGE>

Valley  Authority.  There is no guarantee that the U.S.  Government will support
securities not backed by its full faith and credit. Accordingly,  although these
securities have  historically  involved little risk of loss of principal if held
to  maturity,  they may  involve  more risk than  securities  backed by the U.S.
Government's full faith and credit.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
         The Fixed  Income Funds may invest in  securities  that pay interest at
rates that are adjusted periodically  according to a specified formula,  usually
with  reference  to some  interest  rate  index or  market  interest  rate  (the
"underlying  index").  Such adjustments  minimize changes in the market value of
the  obligation  and,  accordingly,  enhance  the  ability of the Fund to reduce
fluctuations in its net asset value.  Variable and floating rate instruments are
subject to changes in value based on changes in market interest rates or changes
in the issuer's creditworthiness.

         There may not be an active  secondary  market for  certain  floating or
variable rate instruments which could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose of
the  instrument  during  periods  that the Fund is not  entitled to exercise any
demand  rights it may have. A Fund could,  for this or other  reasons,  suffer a
loss with respect to an instrument.  A Fund's Sub-adviser monitors the liquidity
of the Fund's  investment in variable and floating rate  instruments,  but there
can be no guarantee that an active secondary market will exist.

DEMAND NOTES
         The Fixed Income Funds may purchase  variable and floating  rate demand
notes of corporations,  which are unsecured obligations redeemable upon not more
than 30 days' notice.  These obligations include master demand notes that permit
investment  of  fluctuating  amounts at varying  rates of  interest  pursuant to
direct  arrangement  with the  issuer of the  instrument.  The  issuers of these
obligations  often  have  the  right,  after a given  period,  to  prepay  their
outstanding principal amount of the obligations upon a specified number of days'
notice.  These obligations  generally are not traded,  nor generally is there an
established secondary market for these obligations.  To the extent a demand note
does not have a seven day or  shorter  demand  feature  and there is no  readily
available  market for the  obligation,  it is treated as an  illiquid  security.
Although a Fund would  generally not be able to resell a master demand note to a
third party, the Fund is entitled to demand payment from the issuer at any time.
The Sub-advisers  continuously  monitor the financial condition of the issuer to
determine the issuer's likely ability to make payment on demand.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
         The Corporate Bond Fund may invest in guaranteed  investment  contracts
("GICs"). A GIC is an arrangement with an insurance company under which the Fund
contributes  cash to the insurance  company's  general account and the insurance
company credits the contribution  with interest on a monthly basis. The interest
rate is tied to a specified  market  index and is  guaranteed  by the  insurance
company not to be less than a certain minimum rate. The Fund will purchase a GIC
only when the Sub-adviser  has determined  that the GIC presents  minimal credit
risks to the Fund and is of  comparable  quality to other  instruments  that the
Fund may purchase.

ZERO-COUPON SECURITIES
         The Fixed Income Funds may invest in  separately  traded  principal and
interest  components  of securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Treasury.
These components are traded  independently under the Treasury's Separate Trading
of  Registered  Interest and Principal of  Securities  ("STRIPS")  program or as
Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping ("CUBES").

         The  Corporate  Bond  Fund may also  invest in other  types of  related
zero-coupon  securities.  For instance,  a number of banks and  brokerage  firms
separate the principal and interest  portions of U.S.  Treasury  Securities  and
sell  them  separately  in the 


                                       25
<PAGE>

form of receipts  or  certificates  representing  undivided  interests  in these
instruments.  These  instruments  are generally held by a bank in a custodial or
trust account on behalf of the owners of the securities and are known by various
names, including Treasury Receipts ("TRs"),  Treasury Investment Growth Receipts
("TIGRs")  and  Certificates  of  Accrual  on  Treasury   Securities   ("CATS").
Zero-coupon securities also may be issued by corporations and municipalities.

         Zero-coupon  securities  are sold at original issue discount and pay no
interest to holders  prior to  maturity,  but the Fund must include a portion of
the  original  issue  discount  of the  security  as  income.  Because  of this,
zero-coupon  securities  may be subject to greater  fluctuation  of market value
than the other securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund distributes all
of its net  investment  income,  and may have to sell  portfolio  securities  to
distribute imputed income,  which may occur at a time when the Sub-adviser would
not have chosen to sell such  securities  and which may result in a taxable gain
or loss.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
         The Fixed Income Funds may invest in  mortgage-backed  securities.  The
Government Bond Fund may only invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by the
government or  government-related  issuers  described  below. The Corporate Bond
Fund may also invest in mortgage-backed securities of private issuers.

         Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of mortgages
originated  by  lenders  such as  commercial  banks,  savings  associations  and
mortgage  bankers  and  brokers.  Mortgage-backed  securities  may be  issued by
governmental or government-related entities or by non-governmental entities such
as special  purpose  trusts  created  by banks,  savings  associations,  private
mortgage insurance companies or mortgage bankers.

         Interests in mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of debt
securities,  which  normally  provide for periodic  payment of interest in fixed
amounts  with  principal  payments at maturity or on  specified  call dates.  In
contrast,  mortgage-backed  securities provide monthly payments which consist of
interest and, in most cases,  principal.  In effect, these payments are a "pass-
through" of the  monthly  payments  made by the  individual  borrowers  on their
mortgage  loans,  net  of any  fees  paid  to the  issuer  or  guarantor  of the
securities or a mortgage loan servicer.  Additional payments to holders of these
securities are caused by  prepayments  resulting from the sale or foreclosure of
the underlying property or refinancing of the underlying loans.

         GOVERNMENT AND GOVERNMENT-RELATED  GUARANTORS. The principal government
guarantor of  mortgage-backed  securities is Ginnie Mae, a  wholly-owned  United
States  Government  corporation  within  the  Department  of  Housing  and Urban
Development.  Mortgage-backed  securities  are also  issued  by  Fannie  Mae,  a
government-sponsored  corporation owned entirely by private stockholders that is
subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development,
and Freddie Mac, a corporate  instrumentality  of the United States  Government.
While Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each  guarantee  the payment of  principal  and
interest on the  securities  they issue,  unlike  Ginnie Mae  securities,  their
securities  are not backed by the full  faith and  credit of the  United  States
Government.

         PRIVATELY ISSUED  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Corporate Bond Fund
may also invest in mortgage-backed  securities offered by private issuers. These
include  pass-through  securities  comprised of pools of  conventional  mortgage
loans; mortgage-backed bonds (which are considered to be debt obligations of the
institution  issuing the bonds and which are  collateralized by mortgage loans);
and collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  which are described below.
Mortgage-backed securities issued by non-governmental issuers may offer a higher
rate of interest than  securities  issued by


                                       26
<PAGE>

government  issuers  because  of the  absence of direct or  indirect  government
guarantees   of  payment.   Many   non-governmental   issuers  or  servicers  of
mortgage-backed  securities,  however,  guarantee timely payment of interest and
principal on these securities. Timely payment of interest and principal also may
be supported by various forms of insurance,  including  individual loan,  title,
pool and hazard policies.

         UNDERLYING  MORTGAGES.  Pools of  mortgages  consist of whole  mortgage
loans or  participations in mortgage loans. The majority of these loans are made
to purchasers of 1-4 family homes, but may be made to purchasers of mobile homes
or other real estate interests.  The terms and  characteristics  of the mortgage
instruments  are generally  uniform within a pool but may vary among pools.  For
example, in addition to fixed-rate, fixed-term mortgages, the Funds may purchase
pools of variable rate mortgages,  growing equity  mortgages,  graduated payment
mortgages and other types. Mortgage servicers impose qualification standards for
local lending  institutions  which originate  mortgages for the pools as well as
credit standards and underwriting  criteria for individual mortgages included in
the pools.  In addition,  many mortgages  included in pools are insured  through
private mortgage insurance companies.

         LIQUIDITY    AND    MARKETABILITY.     Generally,     government    and
government-related   pass-through   pools  are  highly  liquid.   While  private
conventional pools of mortgages (pooled by non-government-related entities) have
also  achieved  broad  market  acceptance  and an active  secondary  market  has
emerged,  the market for conventional  pools is smaller and less liquid than the
market for government and government-related mortgage pools.

         AVERAGE LIFE AND PREPAYMENTS.  The average life of a pass-through  pool
varies with the maturities of the underlying mortgage instruments.  In addition,
a pool's terms may be shortened by  unscheduled  or early  payments of principal
and interest on the underlying mortgages. Prepayments with respect to securities
during times of declining interest rates will tend to lower the return of a Fund
and may even result in losses to the Fund if the  securities  were acquired at a
premium.  The occurrence of mortgage  prepayments is affected by various factors
including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location
and  age of the  mortgage  and  other  social  and  demographic  conditions.  As
prepayment  rates  of  individual  pools  vary  widely,  it is not  possible  to
accurately  predict the average life of a particular  pool. The assumed  average
life of pools of mortgages having terms of 30 years or less is typically between
5 and 12 years.

         YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  Yields on  pass-through  securities are typically
quoted based on the maturity of the  underlying  instruments  and the associated
average  life  assumption.  In  periods of  falling  interest  rates the rate of
prepayment  tends to increase,  thereby  shortening the actual average life of a
pool of mortgages. Conversely, in periods of rising rates the rate of prepayment
tends to  decrease,  thereby  lengthening  the actual  average life of the pool.
Actual  prepayment  experience  may cause the yield to differ  from the  assumed
average life yield.  Reinvestment  of  prepayments  may occur at higher or lower
interest rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of a Fund.

         ADJUSTABLE   RATE   MORTGAGE-BACKED    SECURITIES.    Adjustable   rate
mortgage-backed securities ("ARMs") are securities that have interest rates that
are reset at periodic  intervals,  usually by  reference to some  interest  rate
index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a
buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these
securities  are still  subject to  changes  in value  based on changes in market
interest  rates or  changes  in the  issuer's  creditworthiness.  Because of the
resetting of interest  rates,  adjustable  rate  securities are less likely than
non-adjustable  rate  securities of comparable  quality and maturity to increase
significantly  in value when market  interest rates fall.  Also, most adjustable
rate  securities  (or the  underlying  mortgages) are subject to caps or floors.
"Caps" limit


                                       27
<PAGE>

the maximum amount by which the interest rate paid by the borrower may change at
each reset date or over the life of the loan and,  accordingly,  fluctuation  in
interest  rates above these levels could cause such mortgage  securities to "cap
out" and to behave more like  long-term,  fixed-rate debt  securities.  ARMs may
have less risk of a decline in value during periods of rapidly rising rates, but
they also may have less  potential  for  capital  appreciation  than  other debt
securities  of  comparable  maturities  due to the  periodic  adjustment  of the
interest rate on the underlying mortgages and due to the likelihood of increased
prepayments of mortgages as interest rates decline. Furthermore,  during periods
of declining  interest rates,  income to a Fund will decrease as the coupon rate
resets  along  with the  decline in  interest  rates.  During  periods of rising
interest  rates,  changes in the coupon rates of the  mortgages  underlying  the
Fund's ARMs may lag behind changes in market interest rates.  This may result in
a lower value until the interest rate resets to market rates.

         COLLATERALIZED   MORTGAGE   OBLIGATIONS.   CMOs  are  debt  obligations
collateralized by mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities issued by Ginnie
Mae, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae or by pools of conventional  mortgages ("Mortgage
Assets").  CMOs may be privately issued or U.S. Government Securities.  Payments
of  principal  and  interest on the  Mortgage  Assets are passed  through to the
holders of the CMOs on the same schedule as they are received, although, certain
classes (often referred to as tranches) of CMOs have priority over other classes
with  respect to the  receipt of  payments.  Multi-class  mortgage  pass-through
securities  are  interests  in trusts  that hold  Mortgage  Assets and that have
multiple  classes  similar  to those  of  CMOs.  Unless  the  context  indicates
otherwise,   references  to  CMOs  include  multi-class  mortgage   pass-through
securities.  Payments of principal of and  interest on the  underlying  Mortgage
Assets (and in the case of CMOs, any reinvestment  income thereon) provide funds
to pay  debt  service  on the  CMOs or to make  scheduled  distributions  on the
multi-class mortgage pass-through  securities.  Parallel pay CMOs are structured
to provide  payments of  principal  on each payment date to more than one class.
These  simultaneous  payments are taken into account in  calculating  the stated
maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO
structures,  must be retired by its stated  maturity date or final  distribution
date but may be  retired  earlier.  Planned  amortization  class  mortgage-based
securities  ("PAC Bonds") are a form of parallel pay CMO. PAC Bonds are designed
to provide  relatively  predictable  payments of principal  provided that, among
other things, the actual prepayment  experience on the underlying mortgage loans
falls within a contemplated  range. If the actual  prepayment  experience on the
underlying  mortgage  loans is at a rate faster or slower than the  contemplated
range, or if deviations from other assumptions  occur,  principal  payments on a
PAC  Bond may be  greater  or  smaller  than  predicted.  The  magnitude  of the
contemplated  range  varies  from  one PAC Bond to  another;  a  narrower  range
increases   the  risk  that   prepayments   will  be  greater  or  smaller  than
contemplated.  CMOs may have complicated  structures and generally  involve more
risks than simpler forms of mortgage-related securities.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
         The Corporate Bond Fund may invest in  asset-backed  securities.  These
securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and
payable from,  assets other than  mortgage-related  assets such as motor vehicle
installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types
of real and personal  property and  receivables  from  revolving  credit (credit
card)  agreements.  The Fund may not  invest  more than 15% of its net assets in
asset-backed  securities  that are backed by a  particular  type of credit,  for
instance, credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities, including adjustable
rate asset-backed  securities,  have yield  characteristics  similar to those of
mortgage-related  securities and,  accordingly,  are subject to many of the same
risks.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         Assets are  securitized  through the use of trusts and special  purpose
corporations  that issue  securities  that are often  backed by a pool of assets
representing  the  obligations  of a number of  different  parties.  Payments of
principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain
time  period  by  a  letter  of  credit  issued  by  a  financial   institution.
Asset-backed securities do not always have the benefit of a security interest in
collateral comparable to the security interests associated with mortgage-related
securities.  As a result, the risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might
be unavailable or inadequate to support  payments on asset-backed  securities is
greater for asset-backed  securities than for  mortgage-related  securities.  In
addition,  because  asset-backed  securities  are  relatively  new,  the  market
experience in these  securities  is limited and the market's  ability to sustain
liquidity  through all phases of an interest rate or economic cycle has not been
tested.

COMMON STOCK
         The EQUITY FUNDS invest primarily in common stocks of domestic issuers.
Common stock represents an equity or ownership  interest in a company.  Although
an equity  interest  often gives a Fund the right to vote on measures  affecting
the company's  organization and operations,  the Funds do not intend to exercise
control over the  management  of companies in which they invest.  Common  stocks
have a history of long-term  growth in value, but their prices tend to fluctuate
in the shorter term.

PREFERRED STOCK
         The  EQUITY  FUNDS  may  invest in  preferred  stock.  Preferred  stock
generally does not exhibit as great a potential for appreciation or depreciation
as common  stock,  although it ranks above  common  stock in its claim on income
from  dividend  payments or the  recovery of  investment  or both.  The owner of
preferred  stock is a shareholder  in a business and not,  like a bondholder,  a
creditor. Dividends paid to preferred stockholders are distributions of earnings
of a business in contrast to interest payments to bondholders which are expenses
of a business.

WARRANTS
         The EQUITY FUNDS may invest in warrants.  These are options to purchase
an equity  security  at a  specified  price at any time  during  the life of the
warrant. Unlike preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a dividend. Investments in
warrants  involve certain risks,  including the possible lack of a liquid market
for the resale of the  warrants,  potential  price  fluctuations  as a result of
speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the underlying security
to reach a level at which the warrant can be prudently  exercised (in which case
the warrant  may expire  without  being  exercised,  resulting  in the loss of a
Fund's entire investment therein).

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
         All of the Funds may invest in securities  that may be converted into a
pre-determined  number of shares of the issuer's common stock at stated price or
formula within a specified time period. The holder of convertible  securities is
entitled  to  receive  interest  paid or  accrued on  convertible  debt,  or the
dividend paid on convertible  preferred  stock,  until the convertible  security
matures or is  redeemed,  converted  or  exchanged.  Traditionally,  convertible
securities have paid dividends or interest greater than common stocks,  but less
than fixed income or  non-convertible  debt securities.  Convertible  securities
typically rank before common stock, but after  non-convertible  debt securities,
in their  claim on  dividends  paid by the issuer.  In  general,  the value of a
convertible security is the higher of its investment value (its value as a fixed
income security) and its conversion value (the value of the underlying shares of
common stock if the security is  converted).  As a fixed  income  security,  the
value of a convertible  security generally increases when interest rates decline
and generally  decreases  when interest  rates rise.  The value of a convertible
security is,  however,  also  influenced by the value of the 


                                       29
<PAGE>

underlying  common  stock.  By investing in a convertible  security,  a Fund may
participate in any capital  appreciation or  depreciation of a company's  stock,
but to a lesser degree than its common stock.

         A Fund may invest in preferred stock and convertible  securities  rated
BBB or  higher  by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,  Baa by  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.,  or the  equivalent  in the case of  unrated  instruments.  (See
"Description of Securities Ratings" in Appendix A to the SAI.)

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS
         Each  Fund may  attempt  to hedge  against  a  decline  in the value of
securities  it owns or an  increase  in the  price  of  securities  it  plans to
purchase  through the use of options and the purchase and sale of interest  rate
futures contracts and options on those futures contracts.  These instruments are
often referred to as  "derivatives,"  because their  performance is derived,  at
least in part,  from the  performance  of  another  asset  (such as a  security,
currency or an index of securities).  The Funds only may write (sell)  "covered"
options.  An option is covered  if, so long as the Fund is  obligated  under the
option,  it owns an offsetting  position in the  underlying  security or futures
contract or maintains  cash,  U.S.  Government  Securities  or other liquid debt
securities in a segregated account with a value at all times sufficient to cover
the Fund's  obligation under the option. A Fund may enter into futures contracts
only if the aggregate of initial  deposits for open futures  contract  positions
does not exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets.

         RISK  CONSIDERATIONS.  A Fund's use of options  and  futures  contracts
subjects the Fund to certain  investment risks and transaction costs to which it
might not  otherwise be subject.  These risks  include:  (1)  dependence  on the
Sub-adviser's   ability  to  predict  movements  in  the  prices  of  individual
securities and  fluctuations in the general  securities  markets;  (2) imperfect
correlations between movements in the prices of options or futures contracts and
movements  in the price of the  securities  hedged  or used for cover  which may
cause a given hedge not to achieve its  objective;  (3) the fact that the skills
and techniques needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed
to select the other securities in which the Fund invests;  (4) lack of assurance
that a liquid secondary  market will exist for any particular  instrument at any
particular time, which,  among other things, may limit a Fund's ability to limit
exposures by closing its  positions;  (5) the possible need to defer closing out
of certain options,  futures  contracts and related options to avoid adverse tax
consequences; and (6) the potential for unlimited loss when investing in futures
contracts or writing options for which an offsetting position is not held.

         Other risks  include the  inability of a Fund, as the writer of covered
call options,  to benefit from any  appreciation  of the  underlying  securities
above the exercise  price and the possible  loss of the entire  premium paid for
options purchased by the Fund. In addition,  the futures exchanges may limit the
amount of  fluctuation  permitted in certain  futures  contract  prices during a
single trading day. A Fund may be forced, therefore, to liquidate or close out a
futures contract position at a disadvantageous price.

         There can be no  assurance  that a liquid  market  will exist at a time
when a Fund seeks to close out a futures  position or that a counterparty  in an
over-the-counter  option  transaction  will be able to perform its  obligations.
There are a limited  number of options on interest  rate futures  contracts  and
exchange  traded  options  contracts  on fixed income  securities.  Accordingly,
hedging transactions involving these instruments may entail  "cross-hedging." As
an  example,  a Fund may  wish to hedge  existing  holdings  of  mortgage-backed
securities,  but no listed options may exist on those securities. In that event,
the Fund's  Sub-adviser may attempt to hedge the Fund's securities by the use of
options with  respect to similar  securities.  The Fund may use various  futures
contracts  that are  relatively new  instruments  without a significant  trading
history.


                                       30
<PAGE>

As a result,  there can be no assurance that an active secondary market in those
contracts will develop or continue to exist.

         LIMITATIONS.  The Funds  have no  current  intention  of  investing  in
futures  contracts and options thereon for purposes other than hedging.  No Fund
may  purchase  any call or put  option on a  futures  contract  if the  premiums
associated  with all such options held by the Fund would exceed 5% of the Fund's
total  assets  as of the date the  option is  purchased.  No Fund may sell a put
option if the exercise value of all put options written by the Fund would exceed
50% of the Fund's total  assets or sell a call option if the  exercise  value of
all call  options  written  by the Fund  would  exceed  the value of the  Fund's
assets. In addition, the current market value of all open futures positions held
by a Fund will not exceed 50% of its total assets.

         OPTIONS ON  SECURITIES.  A call option is a contract  pursuant to which
the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, has the right to
buy the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option.  The writer of the call option,  who receives the
premium,  has  the  obligation  upon  exercise  of the  option  to  deliver  the
underlying  security  against  payment of the  exercise  price during the option
period. A put option gives its purchaser,  in return for a premium, the right to
sell the underlying security at a specified price during the term of the option.
The writer of the put, who receives the premium,  has the  obligation to buy the
underlying  security,  upon  exercise at the  exercise  price  during the option
period.  The amount of premium  received or paid is based upon certain  factors,
including the market price of the underlying security or index, the relationship
of the exercise price to the market price,  the historical  price  volatility of
the  underlying  security  or index,  the option  period,  supply and demand and
interest rates.

         OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES.  A stock index assigns relative values to the
stock included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market
values of the stocks  included in the index.  Stock index options operate in the
same way as the more  traditional  stock options  except that exercises of stock
index  options are effected  with cash  payments and do not involve  delivery of
securities.  Thus,  upon  exercise of a stock index option,  the purchaser  will
realize and the writer will pay an amount based on the  differences  between the
exercise price and the closing price of the stock index.

         INDEX FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Bond and stock index  futures  contracts are
bilateral  agreements  pursuant  to  which  two  parties  agree  to take or make
delivery  of an amount of cash  equal to a  specified  dollar  amount  times the
difference  between the bond or stock index value at the close of trading of the
contract and the price at which the futures  contract is originally  struck.  No
physical delivery of the fixed income or equity securities  comprising the index
is made.  Generally,  futures  contracts are closed out prior to the  expiration
date of the contract.

         OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.  Options on futures contracts are similar
to stock options except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser
the right,  in return for the  premium  paid,  to assume a position in a futures
contract rather than to purchase or sell stock, at a specified exercise price at
any time during the period of the  option.  Upon  exercise  of the  option,  the
delivery of the futures position to the holder of the option will be accompanied
by transfer to the holder of an accumulated  balance  representing the amount by
which the market price of the futures contract  exceeds,  in the case of a call,
or is less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option on the
future.

TECHNIQUES INVOLVING LEVERAGE
         Leveraging  involves special risks. The Funds may borrow for other than
temporary or emergency purposes, lend their securities,  and purchase securities
on a  when-issued  or  forward  commitment  basis,  and  engage in  dollar  roll
transactions.  Each of these  transactions  involves the use of "leverage"  when
cash made available to the Fund


                                       31
<PAGE>

through  the  investment   technique  is  used  to  make  additional   portfolio
investments.  In addition,  the use of swap and related  agreements  may involve
leverage.  A Fund uses these investment  techniques only when the Sub-adviser to
the Fund believes that the leveraging  and the returns  available from investing
the cash will provide the Fund's shareholders with a potentially higher return.

         Leverage exists when a Fund achieves the right to a return on a capital
base that exceeds the Fund's investment.  Leverage creates the risk of magnified
capital  losses  which  occur when  losses  affect an asset  base,  enlarged  by
borrowings or the creation of  liabilities,  that exceeds the equity base of the
Fund.

         The  risks of  leverage  include a higher  volatility  of the net asset
value of a Fund's  Shares  and the  relatively  greater  effect on the net asset
value of the Shares caused by favorable or adverse  market  movements or changes
in the cost of cash obtained by leveraging and the yield obtained from investing
the cash.  So long as a Fund is able to realize a net  return on its  investment
portfolio that is higher than interest expense  incurred,  if any, leverage will
result in higher current net  investment  income being realized by the Fund than
if the Fund were not  leveraged.  On the other hand,  interest rates change from
time to time depending upon such factors as supply and demand,  monetary and tax
policies and  investor  expectations.  Changes in such  factors  could cause the
relationship  between  the cost of  leveraging  and the  yield to change so that
rates involved in the leveraging arrangement may substantially increase relative
to the yield on the  obligations  in which the proceeds of the  leveraging  have
been invested.  To the extent that the interest  expense  involved in leveraging
approaches  the net  return on a Fund's  investment  portfolio,  the  benefit of
leveraging will be reduced,  and, if the interest  expense on borrowings were to
exceed the net return to  shareholders,  the Fund's use of leverage would result
in a lower rate of return than if the Fund were not  leveraged.  Similarly,  the
effect of  leverage  in a declining  market  could be a greater  decrease in net
asset value per share than if the Fund were not  leveraged.  In an extreme case,
if a Fund's current  investment  income were not sufficient to meet the interest
expense of leveraging,  it could be necessary for the Fund to liquidate  certain
of  its  investments  at an  inappropriate  time.  The  use of  leverage  may be
considered speculative.

         SEGREGATED ACCOUNT. To limit the risks involved in various transactions
involving  leverage,  the  Trust's  custodian  will set aside and  maintain in a
segregated  account for each Fund,  cash, U.S.  Government  Securities and other
liquid, debt securities in accordance with SEC guidelines.  The account's value,
which  is  marked  to  market  daily,  will  be at  least  equal  to the  Fund's
commitments under these  transactions.  The Fund's commitments may include:  (i)
the Fund's  obligations  to  repurchase  securities  under a reverse  repurchase
agreement, or settle when-issued and forward commitment  transactions;  (ii) the
greater  of the  market  value of  securities  sold  short  or the  value of the
securities  at the time of the short sale (reduced by any margin  deposit).  The
use of a segregated account in connection with leveraged transactions may result
in a Fund's portfolio being 100% leveraged.

         BORROWING.  As a fundamental investment policy, a Fund may borrow money
for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes,  including  the  meeting of  redemption
requests,  in amounts up to 331/3% of a Fund's total assets. As a nonfundamental
investment  policy,  a  Fund  may  not  purchase  portfolio  securities  if  its
outstanding  borrowings  exceed 5% of its total  assets or borrow  for  purposes
other than  meeting  redemptions  in an amount  exceeding 5% of the value of its
total assets at the time the borrowing is made.

         Borrowing  involves  special  risk  considerations.  Interest  costs on
borrowings  may  fluctuate  with  changing  market  rates  of  interest  and may
partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets
that were  retained  rather  than sold to meet the  needs for which  funds  were
borrowed).  Under adverse market conditions,


                                       32
<PAGE>

a Fund might need to sell  portfolio  securities  to meet  interest or principal
payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales.

         REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS AND LENDING OF PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each Fund
may seek additional income by entering into repurchase  agreements or by lending
securities   from  its  portfolio  to  brokers,   dealers  and  other  financial
institutions.  These  investments  may entail certain risks not associated  with
direct investments in securities.  For instance, in the event that bankruptcy or
similar  proceedings were commenced against a counterparty in these transactions
or a counterparty defaulted on its obligations, a Fund might suffer a loss.

         Repurchase  agreements  are  transactions  in which a Fund  purchases a
security and simultaneously  commits to resell that security to the seller at an
agreed-upon  price on an  agreed-upon  future  date,  normally one to seven days
later.  The resale price  reflects a market rate of interest that is not related
to the coupon rate or maturity of the  purchased  security.  When a Fund lends a
security  it  receives  interest  from  the  borrower  or  from  investing  cash
collateral.  The Trust maintains  possession of the purchased securities and any
underlying collateral in these transactions,  the total market value of which on
a  continuous  basis  is at  least  equal  to the  repurchase  price or value of
securities  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest.  The Funds may pay fees to arrange
securities loans and each Fund will, as a fundamental  policy,  limit securities
lending to not more than 331/3 % of the value of its total assets.

         WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS.  The Fixed Income Funds
may purchase securities on a "when-issued" or "forward commitment" basis. When a
Fund  purchases a security on a when-issued  or forward  commitment  basis,  the
price of the  security is fixed when the  commitment  is made,  but delivery and
payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally,  the settlement
occurs within three months after the transaction, but delayed settlements beyond
three months may be negotiated.

         During the period  between a  commitment  and  settlement,  no interest
accrues to the Fund. When a Fund commits to purchase  securities in this manner,
however,  the Fund  immediately  assumes the risk of ownership,  including price
fluctuation. If the other party does not deliver or pay for a security purchased
or sold by the Fund,  the Fund may incur a loss or miss and  opportunity to make
an  alternative  investment.  Any  significant  commitment  of a  Fund's  assets
committed to the purchase of securities on a when-issued  or forward  commitment
basis may increase the volatility of its net asset value. Except for dollar roll
transactions,  which are described below,  each of the Fixed Income Funds limits
its investments in when-issued and forward  commitment  securities to 15% of the
value of the Fund's total assets.

         A Fund may use  when-issued  transactions  and forward  commitments  to
hedge against  anticipated  changes in interest rates and prices.  If the Fund's
Sub-adviser  forecasts  incorrectly  the direction of interest  rate  movements,
however,  the  Fund  might  be  required  to  complete  when-issued  or  forward
transactions  at prices  inferior to the current market values.  The Funds enter
into  when-issued  and forward  commitments  only with the intention of actually
receiving  the  securities,  but a Fund  may  sell  the  securities  before  the
settlement date if deemed advisable.  If a Fund disposes of the right to acquire
a when-issued  security  prior to its  acquisition or to dispose of its right to
deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it can incur a gain or loss.

         DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS.  Each Fixed Income Fund may enter into dollar
roll  transactions  in which the Fund sells fixed income  securities,  typically
mortgage-backed  securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not
identical,  securities  at a later  date from the same  party.  During  the roll
period no  payment  is made for the  securities  purchased  and no  interest  or
principal 


                                       33
<PAGE>

payments on the  security  accrue to the Fund,  but the Fund assumes the risk of
ownership.  A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll  transactions by
the  difference  between the current  sales price and the forward  price for the
future  purchase,  as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the
initial sale. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of
the  securities  sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is
committed to purchase  similar  securities.  If the buyer of securities  under a
dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund's use of the proceeds of the
transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its
trustee or receiver,  whether to enforce the Fund's obligation to repurchase the
securities.  The Funds  will  engage in roll  transactions  for the  purpose  of
acquiring securities for their portfolios and not for investment leverage.  Each
FIXED INCOME FUND will limit its obligations on dollar roll  transactions to 35%
of the Fund's net assets.

CONCENTRATION
         As a fundamental  investment policy, a Fund may not purchase a security
(other than U.S. Government  Securities) if as a result more than 25% of its net
assets would be invested in a particular industry.

DIVERSIFICATION
         As a fundamental  investment policy, a Fund may not purchase a security
if, as a result (1) more than 5% of a Fund's  total  assets would be invested in
the securities of a single issuer,  or (2) a Fund would own more than 10% of the
outstanding  voting securities of a single issuer.  This limitation applies only
with  respect  to 75% of a  Fund's  total  assets  and  does  not  apply to U.S.
Government Securities.

CASH AND TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITIONS
         A Fund  will  hold a  certain  portion  of its  assets  in cash or cash
equivalents to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions,  paying expenses,  and
timing  of  new  investments.   Cash  equivalents  may  include  (1)  short-term
obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States  Government,  its agencies
or  instrumentalities  ("U.S.  Government  Securities"),   (2)  certificates  of
deposit,   bankers'  acceptances  and   interest-bearing   savings  deposits  of
commercial banks doing business in the United States that have an A+ rating from
Standard & Poor's  Corporation or an A-1+ rating from Moody's Investors Service,
Inc., (3) commercial paper rated P-1 by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or A-1
by Standard & Poor's Corporation,  (4) repurchase agreements covering any of the
securities  in which a Fund may invest  directly,  and (5) money  market  mutual
funds.

         In  addition,  when a Fund's  Sub-adviser  believes  that  business  or
financial  conditions  warrant,  the  Sub-Adviser's  Fund may assume a temporary
defensive position. During such periods, a Fund may invest without limit in cash
or cash equivalents. When and to the extent a Fund assumes a temporary defensive
position, it will not pursue its investment objective.

SHORT SALES
         A Fund may not enter into short sales,  except short sales "against the
box." In a short sale against the box, a Fund sells  securities  it owns, or has
the right to acquire at no additional cost. A Fund does not immediately  deliver
the securities sold, however,  and does not receive proceeds from the sale until
it does deliver the  securities.  A Fund may enter into a short sale against the
box to lock-in a gain or loss in one year,  while  deferring  recognition of the
gain or loss until the next year. A Fund may also sell short  against the box to
hedge against the risk that the price of a security may decline. In such a case,
to the extent a Fund  limits its future  losses in the  security,  it limits its
opportunity  to achieve  future gain in the  security  as well.  Pursuant to the
Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997,  if a Fund has  unrealized  gain with respect to a
security  and enters into a short sale with respect to such  security,  the Fund
generally  will be deemed to have sold the  appreciated  security  and this will
recognize gain for tax purposes.

                                       34
<PAGE>

SECURITIES OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES
         A Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent
permitted by the Investment  Company Act of 1940 ("Investment  Company Act"). To
the extent a Fund invests in shares of an investment  company,  it will bear its
pro rata share of the other investment  company's  expenses,  such as investment
advisory and distribution fees, and operating expenses.

         Each Fund  reserves the right upon  notification  to  shareholders,  to
invest  up to 100% of its  investable  assets  in one or more  other  investment
companies.  If a Fund elected to pursue its investment objective in this manner,
its policies on concentration and  diversification  would apply to the assets of
the investment companies in which the Fund invests.

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES
         A Fund may not  purchase  a  security  if,  as a  result,  more than 15
percent of its net assets would be invested in illiquid  securities.  A security
is  considered  "illiquid"  if it may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business within seven days at approximately  the value at which a Fund
has valued the security.  Over-the-counter  options,  repurchase  agreements not
entitling the holder to payment of principal in 7 days, and certain  "restricted
securities" may be illiquid.

         A security  is  restricted  if it is subject  to  contractual  or legal
restrictions on resale to the general public. A liquid  institutional market has
developed,  however,  for  certain  restricted  securities  such  as  repurchase
agreements,  commercial paper, foreign securities and corporate bonds and notes.
Thus,  restrictions on resale do not  necessarily  indicate the liquidity of the
security.  For  example,  if a  restricted  security  may  be  sold  to  certain
institutional  buyers in accordance  with Rule 144A under the  Securities Act of
1933 or another  exemption  from  registration  under the  Securities  Act,  the
Sub-adviser may determine that the security is liquid under  guidelines  adopted
by the  Board.  These  guidelines  take into  account  trading  activity  in the
securities and the  availability of reliable  pricing  information,  among other
factors. With other restricted  securities,  however,  there can be no assurance
that a liquid market will exist for the security at any particular  time. A Fund
might not be able to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices
and might thereby experience  difficulty satisfying  redemptions.  A Fund treats
such holdings as illiquid.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
         Each  Sub-adviser  places orders for the purchase and sale of assets it
manages with  brokers and dealers  selected  by, and in the  discretion  of, the
Sub-adviser.   The   Sub-advisers   seek  "best  execution"  for  all  portfolio
transactions,  but a Fund may pay higher  than the lowest  available  commission
rates when the Fund's Sub-adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of
the  value  of the  brokerage  and  research  services  provided  by the  broker
effecting the transaction.

         Subject to the policy of obtaining "best  execution",  each Sub-adviser
may employ  broker-dealer  affiliates  (collectively  "Affiliated  Brokers")  to
effect brokerage  transactions.  Payment of commissions to Affiliated Brokers is
subject to procedures  adopted by the Board to provide that the commissions will
not exceed the usual and customary broker's  commissions charged by unaffiliated
brokers.  No  specific  portion of  brokerage  transactions  will be directed to
Affiliated Brokers and in no event will a broker affiliated with the Sub-adviser
directing the  transaction  receive  brokerage  transactions  in  recognition of
research services provided to the Sub-adviser.

         The frequency of portfolio  transactions of a Fund (portfolio  turnover
rate) will vary from year to year depending on many factors. From time to time a
Fund  may  engage  in  active  short-term  trading  to take  advantage  of price
movements  affecting  individual issues,  groups of issues or markets. An annual
portfolio  turnover rate of 100% would occur if all of the  securities in a fund
were replaced


                                       35
<PAGE>

once in a period of one year.  Higher  portfolio  turnover  rates may  result in
increased brokerage costs and a possible increase in short-term capital gains or
losses.  Tax rules  applicable to short-term  trading may affect the timing of a
portfolio  transactions or the ability to realize  short-term trading profits or
establish  short-term  positions.  It is  estimated  that each Fund's  portfolio
turnover will be less than 100%.

9.  OTHER INFORMATION

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

         The net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is  determined
as of the close of trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  (normally 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time), on each Fund Business Day by dividing the value of the Fund's net
assets (I.E., the value of its securities and other assets less its liabilities)
by the  number  of shares  outstanding  at the time the  determination  is made.
Securities owned by a Fund for which market quotations are readily available are
valued at current market value or, in their absence, at fair value as determined
by the Board or pursuant to procedures approved by the Board.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         A Fund's  performance  may be quoted in terms of yield or total return.
All performance  information is based on historical  results and is not intended
to indicate future  performance.  A Fund's yield is a way of showing the rate of
income the Fund earns on its  investments  as a  percentage  of the Fund's share
price. To calculate  standardized  yield, a Fund takes the income it earned from
its investments for a 30-day period (net of expenses), divides it by the average
number of shares entitled to receive  dividends,  and expresses the result as an
annualized  percentage  rate based on the Fund's  share  price at the end of the
30-day  period.  A Fund's  total  return  shows  its  overall  change  in value,
including  changes in share  price and  assuming  all the Fund's  dividends  and
distributions  are  reinvested.  A  cumulative  total  return  reflects a Fund's
performance  over a stated  period  of time.  An  average  annual  total  return
reflects the hypothetical  annually  compounded  return that would have produced
the same  cumulative  total return if the Fund's  performance  had been constant
over the  entire  period.  Because  average  annual  returns  tend to smooth out
variations in the Funds' returns,  shareholders  should  recognize that they are
not the same as actual year-by-year results.

         The Funds'  advertisements  may refer to  ratings  and  rankings  among
similar mutual funds by independent evaluators such as Morningstar, Inc., Lipper
Analytical Services, Inc. and IBC/Donoghue, Inc. In addition, the performance of
a Fund  may be  compared  to  securities  indices.  Indices  are not used in the
management  of the Funds but  rather are  standards  by which the  Advisers  and
shareholders may compare the performance of a Fund to an unmanaged  composite of
securities with similar, but not identical,  characteristics. The Funds may also
advertise  the  historical  performance  of  private  accounts  managed  by  the
Sub-advisers to the extent  permitted by the National  Association of Securities
Dealers.  Performance  information  is not to be  considered  representative  or
indicative of a Fund's future  performance.  All  performance  information for a
Fund is calculated on a class basis.

THE TRUST AND ITS SHARES

         The Trust has an unlimited  number of  authorized  shares of beneficial
interest.  The Board may, without  shareholder  approval,  divide the authorized
shares into an  unlimited  number of separate  portfolios  or series  (such as a
Fund) and may divide  portfolios or series into classes of shares (such as Trust
Shares);  the  costs  of doing so will be  borne  by the  Trust.  Currently  the
authorized Shares of the Trust are divided into four separate series.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES
         The Funds  currently  issue two  classes  of shares,  Trust  Shares and
Institutional  Shares.  Trust  Shares  are  designed  primarily  for  individual
investors and smaller fiduciary,  agency and custodial 


                                       36
<PAGE>

clients whose  investments are pooled in common or collective  trusts managed by
bank trust  departments,  trust companies or their  affiliates.  Each class of a
Fund will have a different  expense  ratio and may have  different  distribution
fees. Each class' performance is affected by its expenses.  For more information
on Trust Shares of the Funds, investors may contact FSS at (888) 263-5593 or the
Funds'  distributor.  Investors may also contact their sales  representative  to
obtain information about the other classes.

SHAREHOLDER VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS
         Each  share of each  series of the Trust and each  class of shares  has
equal  dividend,  distribution,  liquidation  and voting rights,  and fractional
shares have those rights  proportionately,  except that expenses  related to the
distribution  of the shares of each class (and certain  other  expenses  such as
transfer  agency and  administration  expenses) are borne solely by those shares
and each class votes separately with respect to the provisions of any Rule 12b-1
plan which  pertains  to the class and other  matters for which  separate  class
voting is appropriate under applicable law.  Generally,  shares will be voted in
the aggregate without  reference to a particular series or class,  except if the
matter affects only one series or class or voting by series or class is required
by law,  in which case shares will be voted  separately  by series or class,  as
appropriate.  Delaware law does not require the Trust to hold annual meetings of
shareholders,  and it is anticipated that shareholder meetings will be held only
when specifically  required by federal or state law. Shareholders (and Trustees)
have  available  certain  procedures  for the removal of Trustees.  There are no
conversion or  preemptive  rights in  connection  with shares of the Trust.  All
shares when issued in  accordance  with the terms of the offering  will be fully
paid and nonassessable.  Shares are redeemable at net asset value, at the option
of the  shareholders,  subject to any contingent  deferred sales charge that may
apply. A shareholder in a series is entitled to the shareholder's pro rata share
of all dividends and  distributions  arising from that series'  assets and, upon
redeeming shares, will receive the portion of the series' net assets represented
by the redeemed shares.

     As of the date of this  Prospectus,  Memorial Group,  Inc. owns 100% of the
Shares of each of the Funds. Trustee and President Christopher W. Hamm owns 100%
of the Shares of Memorial Group, Inc.


NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION AND THE FUNDS'  OFFICIAL SALES  LITERATURE IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFERING OF THE FUNDS' SHARES,  AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
TRUST. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY STATE IN WHICH, OR TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM, SUCH OFFER MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.



                                       37
<PAGE>





                             [Account Application]





<PAGE>




                       [Account Application (Continued)]





<PAGE>



                              [LOGO] MEMORIAL
                                     FUNDS





                  FOR MORE COMPLETE INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT:


                               THE MEMORIAL GROUP
                          1600 SMITH STREET SUITE 3100
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002

                         (713)650-2535 OR (888)206-4134



         READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE YOU INVEST OR SEND MONEY.












<PAGE>



                                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

                                                  MEMORIAL FUNDS

GOVERNMENT BOND FUND
CORPORATE BOND FUND
GROWTH EQUITY FUND
VALUE EQUITY FUND
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Fund Information:
           Forum Shareholder Services, LLC
           P.O. Box 446
           Two Portland Square
           Portland, Maine 04101                              Account Information and
           (888) 263-5593                                     Shareholder Services:
                                                                       Forum Shareholder Services, LLC .
                                                                       P.O. Box 446
Investment Adviser:                                                    Portland, Maine 04112
           Forum Investment Advisors, LLC                     (888)263-5593
           Two Portland Square
           Portland, ME 04101
</TABLE>


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                 March 15, 1998

This  Statement of Additional  Information  ("SAI")  supplements  the Prospectus
dated March 15, 1998,  offering  shares of the Government  Bond Fund,  Corporate
Bond  Fund,  Growth  Equity  Fund and  Value  Equity  Fund  (each a  "Fund"  and
collectively the "Funds"). The Funds are each diversified portfolios of Memorial
Funds (the "Trust"), a registered open-end,  management investment company. This
SAI should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectus, which you may obtain
without charge by contacting the Trust's Distributor,  Forum Financial Services,
Inc., Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.
<TABLE>

                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                          <C>       <C>                                                <C>
                                            Page                                                          Page
1.  Investment Policies.....................           6. Portfolio Transactions..........................
2.  Investment Limitations..................           7. Additional Purchase and Redemption Information..
3.  Performance Data........................           8. Taxation........................................
4.  Management..............................           9. Other Information...............................
5.  Determination of Net Asset Value........          10. Financial Statements............................
                                                     Appendix A - Description of Securities Ratings A-1
                                                     Statements of Assets and Liabilities
                                                     Notes to Statements of Assets and Liabilities
                                                     Independent Auditors Report
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

THIS  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED
FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN
EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHOULD BE READ ONLY IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE PROSPECTUS, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY AN INVESTOR WITHOUT CHARGE.




                                       2
<PAGE>



As used in this SAI, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

         "Adviser" shall mean Forum Investment  Advisors,  LLC. "Advisers" shall
         mean the Adviser and each of the  investment  subadvisers  that provide
         investment advice and portfolio management for one or more of the Funds
         pursuant to an investment subadvisory agreement with the Adviser.

         "Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

         "CFTC" shall mean the U.S. Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Custodian" shall mean BankBoston, or its successor, acting in its
         capacity as custodian of a Fund.

         "Equity Funds" shall mean the Growth  Equity Fund and the Value Equity
         Fund.

         "FAdS" shall mean Forum Administrative Services, LLC, the Trust's
         administrator.

         "Fitch" shall mean Fitch Investors Service, L.P.

         "Fixed Income Funds" shall mean the Government Bond Fund and the
         Corporate Bond Fund.

         "FSS" shall mean Forum Shareholder Services,  LLC, the Trust's transfer
         and dividend disbursing agent.

         "FFSI" shall mean Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc., the distributor of
         the Trust's shares.

         "Forum" shall mean the Adviser.

         "Fund"  shall  mean  each  of the  separate  portfolios  of  the  Trust
         identified   on  the  cover  page  of  this   Statement  of  Additional
         Information.

         "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "NRSRO" shall mean a nationally recognized statistical rating 
         organization.

         "Processing Organization" shall have the meaning set forth in the
         prospectus of the Funds.

         "SEC" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Rating Group.

         "Sub-adviser"  shall mean each of the investment  advisers that provide
         investment  advice and portfolio  management  for the Funds pursuant to
         investment subadvisory agreements with Adviser.

         "Transfer Agent" shall mean FSS.

         "Trust" shall mean Memorial  Funds, an open-end  management  investment
         company registered under the 1940 Act.

         "U.S.  Government  Securities"  shall mean obligations  issued or
         guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies or instrumentalities.

         "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "1940 Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                                       3
<PAGE>

1.  INVESTMENT POLICIES

The  following  discussion  is  intended to  supplement  the  disclosure  in the
Prospectus  concerning  each  Fund's  investments,   investment  techniques  and
strategies and the risks associated  therewith.  No Fund may make any investment
or employ any investment  technique or strategy unless otherwise  permitted in a
Prospectus  relating  to that  Fund or this  SAI.  For  example,  while  the SAI
describes  "when-issued"  transactions  below, only those Funds whose investment
policies,  as described in the  Prospectus or this SAI, allow the Fund to invest
in when-issued transactions may do so.

SECURITY RATINGS INFORMATION

Moody's,  S&P and other NRSROs are private services that rate the credit quality
of debt  obligations.  A description of the range of ratings assigned to various
types of bonds and other  securities by several NRSROs is included in Appendix A
to this SAI. The Funds may use these  ratings to determine  whether to purchase,
sell or  hold a  security.  These  ratings  are  general  and  are not  absolute
standards of quality, however. Consequently,  securities with the same maturity,
interest rate and rating may have different  market  prices.  To the extent that
the  ratings  given  by a NRSRO  may  change  as a  result  of  changes  in such
organizations  or  their  rating  systems,   the  Sub-adviser  will  attempt  to
substitute comparable ratings.  Credit ratings attempt to evaluate the safety of
principal and interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in
market value.  Also,  rating  agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit
ratings.  An issuer's current financial  condition may be better or worse than a
rating indicates.

A Fund  may  purchase  unrated  securities  if its  Sub-adviser  determines  the
security  to be of  comparable  quality  to a rated  security  that the Fund may
purchase.  Unrated  securities may not trade as actively as rated securities.  A
Fund may  retain  securities  whose  rating  has been  lowered  below the lowest
permissible  rating  category  (or  that  are  unrated  and  determined  by  its
Sub-adviser  to be of  comparable  quality to  securities  whose rating has been
lowered  below  the  lowest  permissible  rating  category)  if the  Sub-adviser
determines that retaining such security is in the best interests of the Fund.

To limit credit risks,  the Funds  generally may only invest in securities  that
are investment  grade (rated in the top four long-term  investment  grades by an
NRSRO or in the top two short-term  investment grades by an NRSRO.) Accordingly,
the  lowest  permissible   long-term  investment  grades  for  corporate  bonds,
including  convertible bonds, are Baa in the case of Moody's and BBB in the case
of S&P and  Fitch;  the  lowest  permissible  long-term  investment  grades  for
preferred  stock are baa in the case of  Moody's  and BBB in the case of S&P and
Fitch; and the lowest  permissible  short-term  investment grades for short-term
debt,  including commercial paper, are Prime-2 (P-2) in the case of Moody's, A-2
in the case of S&P and F-2 in the case of Fitch. All these ratings are generally
considered to be investment  grade  ratings,  although  Moody's  indicates  that
securities  with  long-term  ratings  of Baa have  speculative  characteristics.
Corporate Bond Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in securities  rated below
investment  grade.  Non-investment  grade  securities  (commonly  known as "junk
bonds")  are  predominantly  speculative  with  respect to the  capacity  to pay
interest and repay principal and generally involve a greater volatility of price
than securities in higher-rated categories.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS

Each Fixed Income Fund may purchase  securities offered on a "when-issued" basis
and may purchase or sell securities on a "forward  commitment"  basis. When such
transactions are negotiated,  the price,  which is generally  expressed in yield
terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for
the securities take place at a later date. Normally,  the settlement date occurs
within two months  after the  transaction,  but delayed  settlements  beyond two
months may be negotiated. During the period between a commitment and settlement,
no payment is made for the  securities  purchased by the purchaser and, thus, no
interest accrues to the purchaser from the transaction. At the time a Fund makes
the  commitment  to purchase  securities on a  when-issued  or delayed 


                                       4
<PAGE>

delivery  basis,  the  Fund  will  record  the  transaction  as a  purchase  and
thereafter  reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net
asset value.

The use of when-issued  transactions and forward  commitments  enables the Fixed
Income Funds to hedge against  anticipated changes in interest rates and prices.
For instance,  in periods of rising  interest  rates and falling bond prices,  a
Fund might sell securities which it owned on a forward commitment basis to limit
its exposure to falling prices.  In periods of falling interest rates and rising
bond  prices,  a Fund might sell a security  and  purchase the same or a similar
security on a when-issued or forward  commitment  basis,  thereby  obtaining the
benefit of currently  higher cash  yields.  However,  if the Fund's  Sub-adviser
forecasts  incorrectly the direction of interest rate movements,  the Fund might
be required to complete such when-issued or forward  commitment  transactions at
prices lower than the current market values.

The Funds enter into when-issued and forward  commitment  transactions only with
the intention of actually  receiving or delivering the  securities,  as the case
may be. If a Fund  subsequently  chooses  to  dispose  of its right to acquire a
when-issued  security  or its  right to  deliver  or  receive  against a forward
commitment before the settlement date, it can incur a gain or loss.  When-issued
securities may include bonds purchased on a "when, as and if issued" basis under
which the issuance of the securities depends upon the occurrence of a subsequent
event.  Any  significant  commitment  of a  Fund's  assets  to the  purchase  of
securities on a "when,  as and if issued"  basis may increase the  volatility of
its net asset value.

Each Fund will establish and maintain with its custodian a separate account with
cash, U.S. Government  Securities and other liquid high-grade debt securities in
an  amount  at least  equal  to its  commitments  to  purchase  securities  on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net  assets in  illiquid  securities.  The
term  "illiquid  securities"  for this purpose means  securities  that cannot be
disposed  of  within  seven  days  in  the   ordinary   course  of  business  at
approximately  the  amount  at which  the Fund has  valued  the  securities  and
includes,  among other  things,  purchased  over-the-counter  (OTC)  options and
repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

The Board is ultimately  responsible for determining whether specific securities
are  liquid  or  illiquid.  The  Board  has  delegated  the  function  of making
day-to-day  determinations of liquidity to the Advisers,  pursuant to guidelines
approved by the Board.  The  Advisers  take into  account a number of factors in
reaching liquidity decisions, including but not limited to: (1) the frequency of
trades and  quotations  for the security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to
purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers;  (3) the
willingness  of dealers to undertake to make a market in the  security;  and (4)
the nature of the  marketplace  trades,  including the time needed to dispose of
the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer.
The Adviser and the  Sub-adviser  for each Fund  monitor  the  liquidity  of the
securities in that Fund's  portfolio and reports  periodically on such decisions
to the Board.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

The Funds may invest in  convertible  securities.  A  convertible  security is a
bond,  debenture,  note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted
into or  exchanged  for a  prescribed  amount of  common  stock of the same or a
different  issuer  within a  particular  period of time at a specified  price or
formula. A convertible  security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or
accrued on debt or the dividend  paid on preferred  stock until the  convertible
security  matures or is redeemed,  converted or  exchanged.  Before  conversion,
convertible securities are similar to corresponding nonconvertible securities to
the extent that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally
higher  yields  than  those of  common  stocks of the same or  similar  issuers.
Convertible  securities rank senior to common stock in a  corporation's  capital
structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible  securities.
Although  no  securities   investment  is  without  some  risk,   investment  in
convertible  securities  generally entails less risk than in the issuer's common
stock.  However,  the  extent to which  such risk is  reduced  depends  in large
measure upon the degree to which the convertible  security sells above its value
as a fixed 


                                       5
<PAGE>

income security.  Convertible securities have unique investment  characteristics
in that they  generally  (1) have higher  yields than common  stocks,  but lower
yields  than  comparable  non-convertible  securities,  (2) are less  subject to
fluctuation  in value than the  underlying  stocks  since they have fixed income
characteristics  and (3) provide the potential for capital  appreciation  if the
market price of the underlying common stock increases.

The value of a  convertible  security  is a function of its  "investment  value"
(determined  by its yield  comparison  with the  yields of other  securities  of
comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its
"conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value, if converted into the
underlying  common  stock).  The investment  value of a convertible  security is
influenced by changes in interest  rates,  with  investment  value  declining as
interest rates  increase and  increasing as interest  rates decline.  The credit
standing  of the  issuer  and other  factors  also may  affect  the  convertible
security's  investment value. The conversion value of a convertible  security is
determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion
value is low  relative to the  investment  value,  the price of the  convertible
security is governed  principally  by its  investment  value and  generally  the
conversion value decreases as the convertible security approaches  maturity.  To
the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds
the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly
influenced  by  its  conversion  value.  In  addition,  a  convertible  security
generally  will sell at a premium over its  conversion  value  determined by the
extent to which  investors  place value on the right to acquire  the  underlying
common stock while holding a fixed income security.

A convertible  security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer
at a price established in the convertible security's governing instrument.  If a
convertible  security held by a Fund is called for redemption,  the Fund will be
required  to permit  the  issuer to redeem  the  security,  convert  it into the
underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION

When a Fund assumes a temporary  defensive  position it may invest without limit
in (1) short-term  U.S.  Government  Securities,  (2)  certificates  of deposit,
bankers' acceptances and  interest-bearing  savings deposits of commercial banks
doing business in the United States that have, at the time of investment,  total
assets in excess of one  billion  dollars  and that are  insured by the  Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  (3)  commercial  paper of prime  quality rated
Prime-2  or  higher  by  Moody's  or A-2 or  higher  by S&P  or,  if not  rated,
determined by the Fund's Subadviser to be of comparable quality,  (4) repurchase
agreements  covering any of the securities in which the Fund may invest directly
and (5) money market mutual funds.

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

The Funds may invest in the securities of other investment  companies within the
limits proscribed by the 1940 Act. In addition to the Fund's expenses (including
the various fees), as a shareholder in another investment  company, a Fund would
bear its pro rata portion of the other investment  company's expenses (including
fees).

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS

Each Fund may seek to hedge against a decline in the value of securities it owns
or an increase in the price of securities that it plans to purchase  through the
writing and purchase of  exchange-traded  and  over-the-counter  options and the
purchase and sale of futures  contracts and options on those futures  contracts.
The  Equity  Funds  may buy or  sell  stock  index  futures  contracts,  such as
contracts  on the S&P 500 stock  index.  The Fixed Income Funds may buy and sell
bond index  futures  contracts.  In  addition,  all of the Funds may buy or sell
futures  contracts  on  Treasury  bills,  Treasury  bonds  and  other  financial
instruments.  The Funds may write covered options and buy options on the futures
contracts in which they may invest.

In addition, the Funds may write (sell) covered put and call options and may buy
put and call options on debt  securities and bond indices.  An option is covered
if, so long as the Fund is  obligated  under the option,  it owns an  offsetting
position in the underlying  security,  currency or futures contract or maintains
cash, U.S. Government


                                       6
<PAGE>

Securities or other liquid,  high-grade debt securities in a segregated  account
with a value at all times  sufficient to cover the Fund's  obligation  under the
option.

The Funds' use of options  and  futures  contracts  would  subject  the Funds to
certain investment risks and transaction costs to which they might not otherwise
be subject.  These risks include: (1) dependence on the Sub-adviser's ability to
predict movements in the prices of individual securities and fluctuations in the
general securities markets;  (2) imperfect  correlation between movements in the
prices of options,  futures  contracts or related  options and  movements in the
price of the securities  hedged or used for cover;  (3) the fact that skills and
techniques  needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed to
select the other  securities  in which the Funds  invest;  (4) lack of assurance
that a liquid secondary  market will exist for any particular  instrument at any
particular  time;  and (5) the  possible  need to defer  closing  out of certain
options,   futures   contracts   and  related   options  to  avoid  adverse  tax
consequences.  Other risks  include the  inability of the Fund, as the writer of
covered  call  options,  to  benefit  from the  appreciation  of the  underlying
securities  above the exercise price and the possible loss of the entire premium
paid for options purchased by the Fund.

The Funds have no current  intention  of  investing  in  futures  contracts  and
options  thereon for purposes other than hedging.  No Fund may purchase any call
or put option on a futures  contract if the  premiums  associated  with all such
options  held by the Fund would  exceed 5% of the Fund's  total assets as of the
date the  option is  purchased.  No Fund may sell a put  option if the  exercise
value of all put  options  written  by the Fund  would  exceed 50% of the Fund's
total  assets or sell a call option if the  exercise  value of all call  options
written by the Fund would  exceed the value of the Fund's  assets.  In addition,
the current  market value of all open futures  positions held by a Fund will not
exceed 50% of its total assets.

A Fund will only invest in futures and options  contracts after providing notice
to its  shareholders  and  filing a notice  of  eligibility  (if  required)  and
otherwise  complying  with the  requirements  of the Commodity  Futures  Trading
Commission  ("CFTC").  The CFTC's rules  provide that the Funds are permitted to
purchase  such  futures  or  options  contracts  only (1) for bona fide  hedging
purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC; provided, however, that in
the  alternative  with  respect  to each long  position  in a futures or options
contract entered into by a Fund, the underlying commodity value of such contract
at all times does not  exceed the sum of cash,  short-term  United  States  debt
obligations or other United States dollar  denominated  short-term  money market
instruments  set  aside for this  purpose  by the  Fund,  accrued  profit on the
contract held with a futures commission merchant and cash proceeds from existing
Fund investments due in 30 days; and (2) subject to certain limitations.

HEDGING AND OPTIONS STRATEGIES

Each Fund may  purchase or sell (write) put and call  options on  securities  to
seek to hedge  against a decline  in the value of  securities  owned by it or an
increase  in the price of  securities  which it plans to  purchase  through  the
writing  and  purchase  of  exchange-traded  and  over-the-counter   options  on
individual  securities  or  securities  or  financial  indices  and  through the
purchase and sale of financial  futures  contracts  and related  options.  These
investment  techniques involve risks that are different in certain respects from
the investment  risks  associated  with the other  investments of a Fund. Use of
these  instruments is subject to regulation by the SEC, the several  options and
futures exchanges upon which options and futures are traded or the CFTC.

No assurance can be given,  however,  that any hedging or option income strategy
will succeed in achieving its intended result.

Except as otherwise  noted in the  Prospectus or herein,  the Funds will not use
leverage in their options and hedging  strategies.  In the case of  transactions
entered  into as a hedge,  a Fund  will  hold  securities,  currencies  or other
options or futures  positions whose values are expected to offset  ("cover") its
obligations  thereunder.  A Fund will not enter  into a  hedging  strategy  that
exposes  it to an  obligation  to  another  party  unless it owns  either (1) an
offsetting ("covered") position or (2) cash, U.S. Government Securities or other
liquid  securities (or other assets as may be permitted by the SEC) with a value
sufficient  at all times to cover its  potential  obligations.  When required by
applicable regulatory guidelines, the Funds will set aside cash, U.S. Government
Securities  or other liquid  securities  (or other assets as may be permitted by
the SEC) in a segregated  account with its custodian in the  prescribed 


                                       7
<PAGE>

amount. Any assets used for cover or held in a segregated account cannot be sold
or closed out while the hedging or option income strategy is outstanding, unless
they are replaced with similar assets. As a result,  there is a possibility that
the use of cover or segregation  involving a large percentage of a Fund's assets
could  impede  portfolio  management  or the Fund's  ability to meet  redemption
requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS STRATEGIES

A Fund may purchase put and call options written by others and sell put and call
options  covering  specified  individual  securities,  securities  or  financial
indices or currencies.  A put option (sometimes  called a "standby  commitment")
gives the buyer of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to deliver a
specified  amount of  currency  to the writer of the option on or before a fixed
date at a  predetermined  price.  A call  option  (sometimes  called a  "reverse
standby  commitment")  gives the  purchaser  of the  option,  upon  payment of a
premium,  the right to call upon the  writer to  deliver a  specified  amount of
currency on or before a fixed date, at a predetermined  price. The predetermined
prices may be higher or lower than the market value of the underlying  currency.
A Fund  may  buy or  sell  both  exchange-traded  and  over-the-counter  ("OTC")
options.  A Fund will  purchase or write an option only if that option is traded
on a recognized  U.S.  options  exchange or if the  sub-adviser  believes that a
liquid  secondary  market for the option  exists.  When a Fund  purchases an OTC
option,  it relies on the dealer from which it has  purchased  the OTC option to
make or take  delivery of the  currency  underlying  the option.  Failure by the
dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well
as the loss of the  expected  benefit of the  transaction.  OTC  options and the
securities underlying these options currently are treated as illiquid securities
by the Funds.

When a Fund sells an option,  it receives a premium from the  purchaser.  When a
Fund purchases an option, it pays a premium to the seller. The amount of premium
received or paid by the Fund is based upon certain factors, including the market
price of the underlying  securities,  index or currency, the relationship of the
exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical  price  volatility of the
underlying assets, the option period, supply and demand and interest rates.

The Funds may purchase options on securities that the Fund's Sub-adviser intends
to  include  in the  Fund's  portfolio  in  order  to fix the  cost of a  future
purchase.  Call options may also be purchased as a means of  participating in an
anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would
be  possible  if  the  security  itself  were  purchased.  If the  price  of the
underlying security declines,  use of this strategy limits the potential loss to
the Fund to the premium paid for the options; conversely, if the market price of
the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and the Fund either
sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually realized will be reduced by
the premium  paid. A Fund may  similarly  purchase put options in order to hedge
against a decline in market value of securities  held in its portfolio.  The put
enables the Fund to sell the underlying  security at the predetermined  exercise
price;  thus the potential for loss to the Fund is limited to the option premium
paid. If the market price of the underlying  security is lower than the exercise
price of the put, any profit the Fund realizes on the sale of the security would
be reduced by the premium  paid for the put option less any amount for which the
put may be sold.

A  Sub-adviser  may write call options when it believes that the market value of
the underlying security will not rise to a value greater than the exercise price
plus the premium  received.  Call options may also be written to provide limited
protection  against a decrease in the market  price of a security,  in an amount
equal to the call premium received less any transaction costs.

Certain  Funds may  purchase  and write put and call  options on fixed income or
equity security indexes in much the same manner as the options  discussed above,
except that index options may serve as a hedge against  overall  fluctuations in
the fixed income or equity securities  markets (or market sectors) or as a means
of  participating  in an  anticipated  price  increase  in  those  markets.  The
effectiveness  of hedging  techniques  using  index  options  will depend on the
extent to which  price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with price
movements of the  securities  which are being hedged.  Index options are settled
exclusively in cash.

                                       8
<PAGE>

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING

A Fund may  effectively  terminate  its  right  or  obligation  under an  option
contract by  entering  into a closing  transaction.  For  instance,  if the Fund
wished to terminate  its potential  obligation to sell  securities or currencies
under a call option it had written,  it would purchase a call option of the same
type.  Closing  transactions  essentially  permit the Fund to realize profits or
limit losses on its options positions prior to the exercise or expiration of the
option. In addition:

         (1) The  successful  use of  options  depends  upon  the  Sub-adviser's
         ability  to  forecast  the  direction  of  price  fluctuations  in  the
         underlying  securities or currency markets,  or in the case of an index
         option, fluctuations in the market sector represented by the index.

         (2)  Options  normally  have  expiration  dates  of up to nine  months.
         Options  that  expire  unexercised  have no  value.  Unless  an  option
         purchased  by a Fund is exercised  or unless a closing  transaction  is
         effected with respect to that position,  a loss will be realized in the
         amount of the premium paid.

         (3) A position in an  exchange-listed  option may be closed out only on
         an  exchange  that  provides  a  market  for  identical  options.  Most
         exchange-listed   options   relate   to  equity   securities.   Closing
         transactions  may be  effected  with  respect to options  traded in the
         over-the-counter  markets only by  negotiating  directly with the other
         party to the option contract or in a secondary market for the option if
         such  market  exists.  There is no  assurance  that a liquid  secondary
         market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. If it
         is not possible to effect a closing  transaction,  a Fund would have to
         exercise  the option which it purchased in order to realize any profit.
         The inability to effect a closing transaction on an option written by a
         Fund may result in material losses to the Fund.

         (4) A Fund's  activities in the options  markets may result in a higher
         portfolio turnover rate and additional brokerage costs.

         (5)  When  a Fund  enters  into  an  over-the-counter  contract  with a
         counterparty,  the Fund will assume the risk that the counterparty will
         fail to perform its  obligations  in which case the Fund could be worse
         off than if the contract had not been entered into.

FUTURES STRATEGIES

A futures contract is a bilateral  agreement wherein one party agrees to accept,
and the other  party  agrees  to make,  delivery  of cash,  an  underlying  debt
security  or the  currency as called for in the  contract at a specified  future
date and at a specified price.  For futures  contracts with respect to an index,
delivery is of an amount of cash equal to a specified  dollar  amount  times the
difference  between the index value at the time of the contract and the close of
trading of the contract.

A Fund may sell interest rate futures  contracts in order to continue to receive
the income from a fixed income security,  while  endeavoring to avoid part of or
all of a decline in the market value of that security  which would  accompany an
increase in interest rates.

A Fund may purchase  index futures  contracts for several  reasons:  to simulate
full investment in the underlying  index while retaining a cash balance for fund
management purposes,  to facilitate trading, to reduce transactions costs, or to
seek  higher  investment   returns  when  a  futures  contract  is  priced  more
attractively than securities in the index.

A Fund may purchase  call options on a futures  contract as a means of obtaining
temporary  exposure to market  appreciation  at limited  risk.  This strategy is
analogous to the purchase of a call option on an individual security, in that it
can be used as a temporary substitute for a position in the security itself.

                                       9
<PAGE>

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS TRADING

A Fund pays no price when it enters into a futures contract; rather, it deposits
(typically with its custodian in a segregated account in the name of the futures
broker) an amount of cash or U.S. Government Securities generally equal to 5% or
less of the contract value.  This amount is known as initial margin.  Subsequent
payments,  called variation margin, to and from the broker,  are made on a daily
basis as the value of the  futures  position  varies.  When  writing a call on a
futures  contract,  variation  margin  must  be  deposited  in  accordance  with
applicable exchange rules. The initial margin in futures  transactions is in the
nature of a  performance  bond or  good-faith  deposit on the  contract  that is
returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract,  assuming all contractual
obligations have been satisfied.

Holders and writers of futures and options on futures  contracts  can enter into
offsetting closing transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options, by
selling or purchasing,  respectively,  a futures contract or related option with
the same terms as the position held or written.  Positions in futures  contracts
may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade providing a secondary market
for such futures contracts.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits in the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond that limit.  Prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive
trading days with little or no trading and thereby prevent prompt liquidation of
positions. In such event, it may not be possible for a Fund to close a position,
and in the event of adverse  price  movements,  it would have to make daily cash
payments of variation margin. In addition:

         (1) Successful use by a Fund of futures  contracts and related  options
         will depend upon the Sub-adviser's  ability to predict movements in the
         direction  of  the  overall  securities  and  currency  markets,  which
         requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the
         prices of individual securities. Moreover, futures contracts relate not
         to  the  current  level  of  the  underlying   instrument  but  to  the
         anticipated  levels at some point in the  future;  thus,  for  example,
         trading of stock  index  futures  may not  reflect  the  trading of the
         securities  which  are  used to  formulate  an  index  or  even  actual
         fluctuations in the relevant index itself.

         (2) The price of futures  contracts  may not correlate  perfectly  with
         movement in the price of the hedged currencies due to price distortions
         in the  futures  market  or  otherwise.  There may be  several  reasons
         unrelated to the value of the underlying  currencies  which causes this
         situation to occur. As a result,  a correct  forecast of general market
         trends may still not result in  successful  hedging  through the use of
         futures contracts over the short term.

         (3) There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for
         any particular  contract at any particular  time. In such event, it may
         not be possible to close a position,  and in the event of adverse price
         movements,  the Fund would  continue  to be required to make daily cash
         payments of variation margin.

         (4) Like other  options,  options on futures  contracts  have a limited
         life.  A Fund  will not  trade  options  on  futures  contracts  on any
         exchange or board of trade unless and until, in the Adviser's  opinion,
         the market for such options has developed  sufficiently  that the risks
         in connection with options on futures transactions are not greater than
         the risks in connection with futures transactions.

         (5) Purchasers of options on futures contracts pay a premium in cash at
         the time of purchase. This amount and the transaction costs is all that
         is at risk. Sellers of options on futures contracts, however, must post
         an initial  margin and are  subject to  additional  margin  calls which
         could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements.

         (6) A Fund's  activities in the futures  markets may result in a higher
         portfolio turnover rate and additional transaction costs in the form of
         added brokerage commissions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

COMMODITY FUTURES CONTRACTS AND COMMODITY OPTIONS

A Fund may invest in certain  financial  futures contracts and options contracts
in accordance  with the policies  described in the  Prospectus and above. A Fund
will only invest in futures  contracts,  options on futures  contracts and other
options  contracts that are subject to the jurisdiction of the CFTC after filing
a notice of eligibility and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section
4.5 of the rules of the CFTC. Under that section, a Fund will not enter into any
futures contract or option on a futures contract if, as a result,  the aggregate
initial  margins and premiums  required to establish such positions would exceed
5% of the Fund's net assets.

2.  INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

For  purposes  of all  investment  policies  of the Fund,  (1) the term 1940 Act
includes the rules thereunder,  SEC interpretations and any exemptive order upon
which the Fund may rely and (2) the term Code includes the rules thereunder, IRS
interpretations  and any private  letter ruling or similar  authority upon which
the Fund may rely.

Except as required by the 1940 Act or the Code, if a Fund satisfies a percentage
restriction  on an  investment or investment  technique  when the  investment is
made, a later change in percentage  resulting from a change in the market values
of a Fund's assets or purchases and redemptions of shares will not be considered
a violation of the limitation.

FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each Fund has adopted the  following  fundamental  investment  limitations  that
cannot be changed  without the  affirmative  vote of the lesser of (1) more than
50% of the  outstanding  shares  of a Fund  or (2) 67% of the  shares  of a Fund
present or represented  at a  shareholders  meeting at which the holders of more
than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are present or represented. No Fund
may:

           (1) Purchase the  securities of issuers  (other than U.S.  Government
           Securities)  conducting their business  activity in the same industry
           if,   immediately  after  such  purchase,   the  value  of  a  Fund's
           investments  in such industry would comprise 25% or more of the value
           of its total assets.

           (2)  Purchase a security if, as a result (a) more than 5% of a Fund's
           total assets would be invested in the  securities of a single issuer,
           or (b) a Fund  would  own  more  than 10% of the  outstanding  voting
           securities  of a single  issuer.  This  limitation  applies only with
           respect  to 75% of a Fund's  total  assets and does not apply to U.S.
           Government Securities.

           (3) Act as an underwriter  of securities of other issuers,  except to
           the extent that,  in  connection  with the  disposition  of portfolio
           securities,  a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for purpose of
           the Securities Act of 1933.

           (4) Purchase or sell real estate or any interest therein, except that
           a Fund may invest in securities  issued or guaranteed by corporate or
           governmental  entities  secured by real estate or interests  therein,
           such  as   mortgage   pass-throughs   and   collateralized   mortgage
           obligations,  or issued by  companies  that  invest in real estate or
           interests therein.

           (5) Purchase or sell physical  commodities  or contracts,  options or
           options on contracts to purchase or sell physical commodities.

           (6) Make  loans to other  persons  except  for the  purchase  of debt
           securities  that  are  otherwise  permitted  investments  or loans of
           portfolio securities through the use of repurchase agreements.

           (7) Issue  senior  securities  except  pursuant  to Section 18 of the
           Investment  Company  Act and  except  that a Fund  may  borrow  money
           subject to its investment limitation on borrowing.

                                       11
<PAGE>

OTHER INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following  nonfundamental  investment limitations that
may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. No Fund may:

           (1) Pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its assets,  except to secure
           indebtedness  permitted  to be  incurred  by a Fund.  The  deposit in
           escrow of securities  in connection  with the writing of put and call
           options,   collateralized   loans  of   securities   and   collateral
           arrangements  with  respect to margin for futures  contracts  are not
           deemed to be pledges or hypothecations for this purpose.

           (2) Make short sales of  securities  except  short sales  against the
           box.

           (3) Purchase  securities  on margin  except for the use of short-term
           credit  necessary  for  the  clearance  of  purchases  and  sales  of
           portfolio  securities,  but  a  Fund  may  make  margin  deposits  in
           connection with permitted transactions in options.

           (4)  Purchase  a security  if, as a result,  more than 15% of its net
           assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

           (5)  Purchase  portfolio  securities  if its  outstanding  borrowings
           exceed  5% of the value of its total  assets or borrow  for  purposes
           other than meeting redemptions in an amount exceeding 5% of the value
           of its total assets at the time the borrowing is made.

           (6) Invest more than 5% of its net assets in  securities  (other than
           fully-collateralized  debt obligations) issued by companies that have
           conducted continuous operations for less than three years,  including
           the operations of predecessors, unless guaranteed as to principal and
           interest by an issuer in whose securities a Fund could invest.

           (7)  Invest  in or hold  securities  of any  issuer if  officers  and
           Trustees   of  the  Trust  or  the   Adviser,   individually   owning
           beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the securities of the issuer, in
           the aggregate own more than 5% of the issuer's securities.

           (8) Invest in interests  in oil or gas or interests in other  mineral
           exploration or development programs.

3.  PERFORMANCE DATA

The Funds may quote  performance  in various ways. All  performance  information
supplied  by the Funds in  advertising  is  historical  and is not  intended  to
predict  future  returns.  A Fund's  net asset  value,  yield  and total  return
fluctuate in response to market  conditions and other factors,  and the value of
Fund shares when redeemed may be more or less than their original cost.

In  performance  advertising  the Funds  may  compare  any of their  performance
information  with data published by independent  evaluators such as Morningstar,
Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., IBC/Donoghue,  Inc., CDC/Wiesenberger or other
companies which track the investment  performance of investment companies ("Fund
Tracking  Companies").  In addition,  a Fund may compare any of its  performance
information  with the performance of recognized  stock,  bond and other indexes,
including  but not limited to the Salomon  Brothers  Bond  Index,  the  Shearson
Lehman Bond Index,  the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite  Stock Price Index,  the
Dow Jones  Industrial  Average,  and  changes  in the  Consumer  Price  Index as
published by the U.S. Department of Commerce. A Fund may refer in such materials
to mutual fund  performance  rankings and other data  published by Fund Tracking
Companies.  Performance  advertising may also refer to discussions of a Fund and
comparative  mutual fund data and ratings  reported in independent  periodicals,
such as newspapers and financial magazines.

                                       12
<PAGE>

YIELD CALCULATIONS

Yields  for a Fund used in  advertising  are  computed  by  dividing  the Fund's
interest income for a given 30-day or one-month period, net of expenses,  by the
average number of shares  entitled to receive  distributions  during the period,
dividing  this  figure by the Fund's net asset value per share at the end of the
period and annualizing the result  (assuming  compounding of income) in order to
arrive at an annual percentage rate. In general, interest income is reduced with
respect to bonds  purchased at a premium over their par value by  subtracting  a
portion of the  premium  from income on a daily  basis,  and is  increased  with
respect to bonds  purchased at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to
daily  income.   Capital  gain  and  loss  generally  are  excluded  from  these
calculations.

Income  calculated  for the purpose of  determining  a Fund's yield differs from
income as determined  for other  accounting  purposes.  Because of the different
accounting  methods  used,  and  because  of the  compounding  assumed  in yield
calculations,  the  yield  quoted  for a  Fund  may  differ  from  the  rate  of
distribution  the Fund paid over the same period or the rate of income  reported
in the Fund's financial statements.

Although  published  yield  information  is useful to  investors  in reviewing a
Fund's performance,  investors should be aware that a Fund's yield for any given
period is not an  indication or  representation  by the Fund of future yields or
rates of return on the Fund's shares. Also, Processing  Organizations may charge
their customers  direct fees in connection  with an investment in a Fund,  which
will have the effect of reducing the Fund's net yield to those shareholders. The
yields of each Fund are not fixed or guaranteed,  and an investment in a Fund is
not insured or guaranteed. Accordingly, yield information may not necessarily be
used to compare shares of a Fund with investment  alternatives which, like money
market instruments or bank accounts, may provide a fixed rate of interest. Also,
it may not be  appropriate  to compare a Fund's  yield  information  directly to
similar  information  regarding  investment  alternatives  which are  insured or
guaranteed.

TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

Each  of  the  Funds  may  advertise  total  return.  Total  returns  quoted  in
advertising  reflect all  aspects of a Fund's  return,  including  the effect of
reinvesting  dividends  and capital  gain  distributions,  and any change in the
Fund's net asset value per share over the  period.  Average  annual  returns are
calculated  by  determining  the growth or  decline  in value of a  hypothetical
historical  investment in a Fund over a stated period,  and then calculating the
annually compounded  percentage rate that would have produced the same result if
the rate of growth or decline in value had been constant over the period.  While
average  annual  returns  are  a  convenient   means  of  comparing   investment
alternatives, investors should realize that the performance is not constant over
time but changes from year to year, and that average  annual  returns  represent
averaged figures as opposed to the actual year-to-year performance of the Funds.

Average  annual  total  return is  calculated  by  finding  the  average  annual
compounded  rates of return of a  hypothetical  investment  over a given  period
according to the following formula:

                                        n
                                  P(1+T) = ERV

Where:

                               P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000; T =
                               average annual total return; n = number of years;
                               and ERV = ending redeemable value.

ERV is the value, at the end of the applicable period, of a hypothetical  $1,000
payment made at the beginning of the applicable period.

In  addition  to  average  annual  returns,  each Fund may quote  unaveraged  or
cumulative total returns  reflecting the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period.  Total returns may be broken down into their components of
income and capital  (including capital gain and changes in share price) in order
to illustrate the


                                       13
<PAGE>

relationship  of these factors and their  contributions  to total return.  Total
returns,  yields and other performance  information may be quoted numerically or
in a table, graph or similar illustration.

Period total return is calculated according to the following formula:

                                 PT = (ERV/P-1)

Where:

                                        PT =  period  total  return.  The  other
                                        definitions  are the same as in  average
                                        annual total return above.

4.  MANAGEMENT

The trustees and officers of the Trust and their  principal  occupations  during
the past five years are set forth  below.  Each  Trustee  who is an  "interested
person" (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Trust is indicated by an asterisk.

TRUSTEES:

          John Y.  Keffer*,  Trustee,  has been  President and Director of Forum
          Financial Services,  Inc. for more than five years. His address is Two
          Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

          Christopher W. Hamm*, Trustee, has been the Executive Director of CIBC
          Oppenheimer,  since 1996. His address is 1600 Smith Street, Ste. 3100,
          Houston, Texas 77002. Mr. Hamm was Vice President of Paine Webber from
          1993 to 1996.

          Jay Brammer,  Trustee,  has been Executive Vice President of Gibraltar
          Properties,  Inc.,  a real estate  holding  company,  since 1995.  His
          address is 9000 Keystone Crossing,  Ste. 1000,  Indianapolis,  Indiana
          46240. Mr. Brammer was Executive Vice President of Gibraltar  Masoleum
          Corp. from 1980 to 1995.

          J.B.  Goodwin,  Trustee,  has been President of JBGoodwin  Company,  a
          comprehensive real estate and mortgage holding company,  for more than
          five years.  His address is 3933 Steck Avenue,  B-101,  Austin,  Texas
          78759.

          Robert Stillwell,  Trustee,  has been an attorney with the law firm of
          Baker & Botts for more than five years.  His address is 3000 One Shell
          Plaza, Houston, Texas 77002.


OFFICERS:

          CHRISTOPHER  W. HAMM - President  has been the  Executive  Director of
          CIBC Oppenheimer since 1996. Prior to that Mr. Hamm was Vice President
          of Paine Webber from 1993 to 1996.  His address is 1600 Smith  Street,
          Ste. 3100, Houston, Texas 77002.

          SARA  M.   MORRIS,   Treasurer,   is  a   Managing   Director,   Forum
          Administrative  Services,  LLC (and its predecessors in interest) with
          which she has been associated since 1994. Prior thereto,  from 1991 to
          1994,  Ms. Morris was  Controller  of Wright  Express  Corporation  (a
          national  credit card  company)  and for six years  prior  thereto was
          employed at Deloitte & Touche LLP as an accountant. Ms. Morris is also
          an officer of various registered  investment companies for which Forum
          Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves as  manager,  administrator  and/or
          distributor.  Her  address is Two  Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine
          04101.

          RICHARD C. BUTT, Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, is a Managing
          Director of Forum  Financial  Corp.  with which he has been associated
          since May 1996.  Prior thereto,  from December 1994 to April 1996, Mr.
          Butt was a Director of the  Financial  Services  Consulting  Practice,
          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. From November 1993 to August 1994, Mr. Butt was
          President  of  440   Financial   Distributors,   Inc.  a  mutual  fund

                                       14
<PAGE>

          administrator  and  distributor,  and prior  thereto  was Senior  Vice
          President of 440 Financial Group,  Inc. Mr. Butt is also an officer of
          various  registered  investment  companies  for which Forum  Financial
          Services,  Inc. serves as manager,  administrator  and/or distributor.
          His address is Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

          MAX BERUEFFY, Vice President and Secretary, is a Managing Director and
          Senior Counsel, Forum Financial Services, Inc., with which he has been
          associated since 1994. Prior thereto, Mr. Berueffy was on the staff of
          the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission for seven years, first in
          the appellate branch of the Office of the General  Counsel,  then as a
          counsel to  Commissioner  Grundfest  and  finally as a senior  special
          counsel in the Division of Investment  Management.  His address is Two
          Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

          STEPHEN  J.  BARRETT,  Assistant  Secretary,  is a  Manager  of Client
          Services,  Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  with  which he has been
          associated  since September 1996.  Prior to joining Forum, Mr. Barrett
          spent two and a half years at Fidelity  Investments where he served as
          a Senior Product Manager.  Prior to that, he was a Securities  Analyst
          for  two and a half  years  with  Bingham,  Dana &  Gould  in  Boston,
          Massachusetts.  Mr.  Barrett also is an officer of various  registered
          investment  companies for which Forum Financial Services,  Inc. serves
          as  manager,  administrator  and/or  distributor.  His  address is Two
          Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

          D. BLAINE RIGGLE,  Assistant Secretary, is an Assistant Counsel, Forum
          Financial  Services,  Inc.,  with which he has been  associated  since
          1998.  Prior  thereto,  Mr.  Riggle was  Associate  Counsel for Wright
          Express  Corporation from 1997 to 1998 and for three years thereto was
          an associate  with the law firm of Friedman,  Babcock & Gaythwaite  in
          Portland,  Maine. His address is Two Portland Square,  Portland, Maine
          04101.

Each  Trustee of the Trust (other than John Y. Keffer and  Christopher  W. Hamm,
who are  interested  persons of the Trust) is paid $5,000  annually and $500 for
each Board meeting attended and is paid $500 for each committee meeting attended
on a date when a Board  meeting is not held.  Trustees are also  reimbursed  for
travel and related  expenses  incurred in  attending  meetings of the Board.  No
officer of the Trust is compensated by the Trust.  The Trust has not adopted any
form of retirement plan covering Trustees or officers.

The following table provides the estimated  aggregate  compensation paid to each
Trustee. Estimates are presented for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                      <C>                      <C>                    <C>
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
                                                       ACCRUED PENSION      ANNUAL BENEFITS UPON
                                  AGGREGATE               BENEFITS               RETIREMENT
         TRUSTEE                COMPENSATION                                                             TOTAL
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
John Y. Keffer*                      $0                       $0                     $0                     $0
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
Christopher W. Hamm*                 $0                       $0                     $0                     $0
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
Jay Brammer                      $7,000                       $0                     $0                 $7,000
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
J.B. Goodwin                     $7,000                       $0                     $0                 $7,000
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
Robert Stillwell                 $7,000                       $0                     $0                 $7,000
- --------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>


ADVISERS

Forum Investment Advisors, LLC ("Adviser"), Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine
04101,  serves as  investment  adviser to the Funds  pursuant  to an  investment
advisory  agreement  with the Trust (the "Advisory  Agreement").  Subject to the
general control of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for among other things,
developing a continuing  investment program for each Fund in accordance with its
investment  objective and reviewing the  investment  strategies  and policies of
each  Fund  and  overseeing  the  performance  of  the  investment   subadvisers
responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund's portfolio.  The Adviser
was incorporated  under the laws of Delaware in 1987 and is registered under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

                                       15
<PAGE>

For its services,  the Adviser receives the following advisory fees with respect
to each Fund:

                                                   Advisory Fee
                                   (as a percentage of average daily net assets)
Government Bond Fund ........................          0.35
Corporate Bond Fund..........................          0.35
Growth Equity Fund...........................          0.45
Value Equity Fund............................          0.45

To assist it in carrying  out its  responsibility,  the Adviser has retained the
following  Subadvisers  to render  advisory  services and make daily  investment
decisions for each Fund pursuant to an investment  subadvisory  agreements  with
the Adviser (the "Subadvisory Agreements").

           Government Bond Fund -- The Northern Trust Company

           Corporate Bond Fund -- Conseco Capital Management, Inc.

           Growth Equity Fund -- Davis Hamilton, Inc., d/b/a Davis Hamilton
           Jackson & Associates

           Value Equity Fund -- Beutel, Goodman Capital Management

The  amount of the fees paid by Forum to each  Subadviser  may vary from time to
time as a result of periodic  negotiations  with the  Subadviser  regarding such
matters  as the  nature  and  extent  of the  services  (other  than  investment
selection  and order  placement  activities)  provided by the  Subadviser to the
Fund, the increased  cost and complexity of providing  services to the Fund, the
investment  record of the  Subadviser  in  managing  the Fund and the nature and
magnitude  of the  expenses  incurred by the  Subadviser  in managing the Fund's
assets and by the Adviser in  overseeing  and  administering  management  of the
Fund. However,  the contractual fee payable to Forum by each Fund for investment
advisory  services that is set forth in the Prospectus will not vary as a result
of those negotiations.

The Advisers furnish at their own expense all services, facilities and personnel
necessary to perform their duties under the Advisory or Subadvisory  Agreements.
The Advisory and Subadvisory  Agreements provide, with respect to each Fund, for
an initial term of two years from its effective date and for its  continuance in
effect for successive twelve-month periods thereafter, provided the agreement is
specifically  approved at least  annually by the Board or, with  respect to each
Fund, by vote of the shareholders of that Fund, and in either case by a majority
of the  directors  who are not parties to the Advisory  Agreement or  interested
persons of any such party.

The Advisory and  Subadvisory  Agreements are terminable  without penalty by the
Trust  and by the  Adviser,  respectively,  with  respect  to a Fund on 30 days'
written notice when authorized either by vote of the Fund's shareholders or by a
vote  of a  majority  of  the  Board,  or by the  Adviser  and  the  Subadviser,
respectively,  on not less than 90 days' written notice,  and will automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment. The Agreements also provide that, with
respect to each Fund,  the Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment
or mistake of law or for any act or omission in the performance of its duties to
the Fund, except for willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance  of the Adviser's  duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of its
obligations  and duties  under the  Agreements.  The  Advisory  and  Subadvisory
Agreements provide that the Advisers may render services to others.

ADMINISTRATOR

Forum Administrative  Services,  LLC ("FAdS") acts as administrator to the Trust
pursuant to an Administration  Agreement with the Trust. As administrator,  FAdS
provides  management and  administrative  services necessary to the operation of
the Trust (which include, among other responsibilities, negotiation of contracts
and fees with, and


                                       16
<PAGE>

monitoring of  performance  and billing of, the transfer agent and custodian and
arranging for  maintenance of books and records of the Trust),  and provides the
Trust with general office facilities.  The Administration  Agreement will remain
in effect for a period of twelve months with respect to each Fund and thereafter
is automatically  renewed each year for an additional term of one year, provided
that continuance is specifically approved at least annually (1) by the Board or,
with  respect  to a Fund,  by a vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the Fund and (2) by a vote of a majority of Trustees of the Trust
who are not parties of the Administration Agreement or interested persons of any
such party.

The Administration  Agreement terminates automatically if it is assigned and may
be  terminated  without  penalty  with respect to the Fund by vote of the Fund's
shareholders  or by either party on not more than 60 days' written  notice.  The
Administration  Agreement  also  provides  that FAdS shall not be liable for any
error  of  judgment  or  mistake  of law  or for  any  act  or  omission  in the
administration or management of the Trust, except for willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by reason of
reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the  Administration
Agreement.

At the request of the Board, FAdS provides persons  satisfactory to the Board to
serve as  officers  of the  Trust.  Those  officers,  as well as  certain  other
employees and Trustees of the Trust, may be directors,  officers or employees of
FAdS, the Adviser, the Subadvisers or their affiliates.

DISTRIBUTOR

Forum Financial  Services,  Inc. ("FFSI"),  an affiliate of FAdS, is the Trust's
distributor  and acts as the agent of the Trust in connection  with the offering
of shares of the Fund pursuant to a  Distribution  Agreement.  The  Distribution
Agreement  will continue in effect for twelve months and will continue in effect
thereafter only if its continuance is specifically approved at least annually by
the Board or by vote of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and in either
case, by a majority of the Trustees who (1) are not parties to the  Distribution
Agreement,  (2) are not interested persons of any such party or of the Trust and
(3) with  respect  to any class for which the Trust has  adopted a  distribution
plan,  have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the  operation of that
distribution plan or in the Distribution  Agreement, at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on the Distribution  Agreement.  All  subscriptions for shares
obtained by FFSI are directed to the Trust for acceptance and are not binding on
the Trust  until  accepted  by it.  The Trust has  adopted a  distribution  plan
pursuant  to Rule 12b-1  under the 1940 Act (the  "Plan")  that  authorizes  the
payment to FFSI under the  Distribution  Services  Agreement  of a  distribution
services fee,  which may not exceed an annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily
net assets of each Fund attributable to Trust shares.

The Distribution  Agreement provides that FFSI shall not be liable for any error
of  judgment  or mistake of law or in any event  whatsoever,  except for willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Distribution Agreement.

The  Distribution  Agreement  is  terminable  with  respect to the Fund  without
penalty by the Trust on 60 days' written notice when  authorized  either by vote
of the Fund's  shareholders  or by a vote of a majority of the Board, or by FFSI
on 60 days'  written  notice.  The  Distribution  Agreement  will  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment.

FFSI may enter into  agreements  with selected  broker-dealers,  banks, or other
financial  institutions  for distribution of shares of the Fund. These financial
institutions  may charge a fee for their  services and may receive  shareholders
service fees even though  shares of the Fund are sold without  sales  charges or
distribution fees. These financial  institutions may otherwise act as processing
agents, and will be responsible for promptly transmitting  purchase,  redemption
and other requests to the Fund.

Investors who purchase  shares in this manner will be subject to the  procedures
of the institution through whom they purchase shares, which may include charges,
investment  minimums,  cutoff  times and other  restrictions  in addition to, or
different  from,  those listed  herein.  Information  concerning  any charges or
services will be provided to customers by the financial  institution.  Investors
purchasing  shares of the Fund in this manner should  acquaint  themselves  with
their  institution's  procedures  and should read the Prospectus and this SAI in
conjunction  with any


                                       17
<PAGE>

materials  and  information   provided  by  their  institution.   The  financial
institution  and not its customers will be the  shareholder of record,  although
customers  may have the right to vote shares  depending  upon their  arrangement
with the institution.

TRANSFER AGENT

Forum  Shareholder  Services,  LLC ("FSS")  acts as transfer  agent of the Trust
pursuant to a transfer agency agreement (the "Transfer Agency  Agreement").  The
Transfer Agency  Agreement  provides,  with respect to each Fund, for an initial
term of one year from its effective  date and for its  continuance in effect for
successive  twelve-month  periods  thereafter,  provided  that the  agreement is
specifically approved at least annually by the Board or, with respect to a Fund,
by a vote of the  shareholders of that Fund, and in either case by a majority of
the directors who are not parties to the Transfer Agency Agreement or interested
persons of any such party at a meeting  called for the  purpose of voting on the
Transfer Agency Agreement.

Among the  responsibilities  of FSS as agent for the Trust  are:  (1)  answering
customer  inquiries  regarding  account status and history,  the manner in which
purchases  and  redemptions  of shares of the Funds may be effected  and certain
other matters pertaining to the Funds; (2) assisting  shareholders in initiating
and  changing  account  designations  and  addresses;  (3)  providing  necessary
personnel  and  facilities to establish  and maintain  shareholder  accounts and
records,  assisting in  processing  purchase  and  redemption  transactions  and
receiving wired funds;  (4)  transmitting and receiving funds in connection with
customer  orders  to  purchase  or  redeem  shares;  (5)  verifying  shareholder
signatures  in  connection  with  changes  in the  registration  of  shareholder
accounts;  (6) furnishing periodic statements and confirmations of purchases and
redemptions;  (7) arranging for the  transmission  of proxy  statements,  annual
reports,   prospectuses  and  other   communications   from  the  Trust  to  its
shareholders;  (8) arranging for the receipt, tabulation and transmission to the
Trust  of  proxies  executed  by  shareholders   with  respect  to  meetings  of
shareholders of the Trust;  and (9) providing such other related services as the
Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request.

FSS or any  sub-transfer  agent or  processing  agent  may also act and  receive
compensation as custodian,  investment manager,  nominee, agent or fiduciary for
its  customers  or clients  who are  shareholders  of the Funds with  respect to
assets invested in the Funds. FSS or any sub-transfer  agent or other processing
agent may elect to credit  against  the fees  payable  to it by its  clients  or
customers  all or a portion of any fee received  from the Trust or from FSS with
respect to assets of those customers or clients invested in the Funds. FSS, FFSI
or  sub-transfer  agents or processing  agents retained by FSS may be Processing
Organizations  (as defined in the Prospectus)  and, in the case of sub- transfer
agents or processing agents, may also be affiliated persons of FSS or FFSI.

For its services under the Transfer Agency Agreement, FSS receives, with respect
to each Series:  a fee of $24,000 per year; such amounts to be computed and paid
monthly in arrears by the Fund;  and (iii)  Annual  Shareholder  Account Fees of
$25.00 for a retail and $125.00 for an institutional  shareholder account;  such
fees to be computed as of the last business day of the prior month.

FUND ACCOUNTANT

Pursuant  to a  Fund  Accounting  Agreement,  Forum  Accounting  Services,  LLC,
("FAcS")  prepares and maintains books and records of each Fund on behalf of the
Trust as required  under the 1940 Act,  calculates the net asset value per share
of each Fund and dividends and capital gain  distributions and prepares periodic
reports to  shareholders  and the  Securities and Exchange  Commission.  For its
services,  FAcS  receives  from the  Trust  with  respect  to each Fund a fee of
$36,000  per year plus  surcharges  of $6,000 to  $24,000  for  specified  asset
levels.  FAcS is paid additional  surcharges of $12,000 per year for each of the
following: a portfolio with more than a specified number of securities positions
and/or   international   positions;   investments  in  derivative   instruments;
percentages  of assets  invested  in asset  backed  securities;  and,  a monthly
portfolio turnover rate of 10% or greater.

                                       18
<PAGE>

5.  DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The Trust does not  determine the Funds' net asset value on any day that the New
York Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE")  is closed.  The NYSE is  normally  closed on the
following  holidays:  New Year's Day,  Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,  Presidents'
Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor Day,  Veterans' Day,
Thanksgiving  and Christmas.  The Trust determines the net asset value per share
of each Fund as of the close of trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern
time) on each Fund  Business  Day by dividing the value of the Fund's net assets
(in other words, the value of its portfolio securities and other assets less its
liabilities)  by the number of that Fund's  shares  outstanding  at the time the
determination is made.  Securities  owned by a Fund for which market  quotations
are readily  available are valued at current market value, or, in their absence,
at fair value as determined by the Board. Purchases and redemptions are effected
at the time of the next  determination  of net asset value following the receipt
in proper form of any purchase or redemption order.

6.  PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Purchases  and sales of debt  securities  for the Fixed Income Funds usually are
principal  transactions.  Portfolio  securities  for these  Funds  are  normally
purchased  directly from the issuer or from an  underwriter  or market maker for
the  securities.  There  usually  are no  brokerage  commissions  paid  for such
purchases.  Purchases  from  underwriters  of  portfolio  securities  include  a
commission or concession  paid by the issuer to the  underwriter,  and purchases
from dealers  serving as market  makers  include the spread  between the bid and
asked prices.

The Equity  Funds will,  and the Fixed Income Funds may,  effect  purchases  and
sales through  brokers who charge  commissions.  Allocations of  transactions to
brokers and dealers and the  frequency of  transactions  are  determined  by the
Fund's Sub-adviser in its best judgment and in a manner deemed to be in the best
interest of  shareholders  of the Fund rather than by any  formula.  The primary
consideration  is prompt  execution of orders in an effective  manner and at the
most favorable price available to the Fund.

A Fund may not always pay the lowest commission or spread available.  Rather, in
determining the amount of commission,  including certain dealer spreads, paid in
connection  with Fund  transactions,  the  Sub-adviser  takes into  account such
factors  as  size of the  order,  difficulty  of  execution,  efficiency  of the
executing broker's  facilities  (including the services described below) and any
risk assumed by the executing broker. The Sub-advisor may also take into account
payments made by brokers  effecting  transactions  for a Fund (1) to the Fund or
(2) to other persons on behalf of the Fund for services provided to it for which
it would be obligated to pay.

In addition,  a Sub-adviser  may give  consideration  to research and investment
analysis services furnished by brokers or dealers to the Sub-adviser for its use
and may cause the Fund to pay these brokers a higher  amount of commission  than
may be charged by other  brokers.  Such  research  and  analysis is of the types
described  in  Section  28(e)(3)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  and is designed to augment the Sub-adviser's own internal research and
investment  strategy  capabilities.  The  Sub-adviser  may use the  research and
analysis in connection  with  services to clients  other than the Fund,  and the
Sub-adviser's fee is not reduced by reason of the  Sub-adviser's  receipt of the
research services.

Investment decisions for the Funds will be made independently from those for any
other account or investment  company that is or may in the future become managed
by  the  Sub-advisers  or  their  affiliates.  If,  however,  a Fund  and  other
investment  companies  or  accounts  managed  by  one of  the  Sub-advisers  are
contemporaneously  engaged in the  purchase  or sale of the same  security,  the
transactions  may be  averaged  as to  price  and  allocated  equitably  to each
account.  In some cases,  this policy might  adversely  affect the price paid or
received  by a Fund or the size of the  position  obtainable  for the  Fund.  In
addition,  when purchases or sales of the same security for a Fund and for other
investment  companies  and  accounts  managed by one of the  Sub-advisers  occur
contemporaneously,  the  purchase or sale orders may be  aggregated  in order to
obtain any price advantages available to large denomination purchases or sales.

In the future  the  Funds,  consistent  with the  policy of  obtaining  best net
results, may conduct brokerage  transactions through affiliates of those persons
or Forum.  The Board has adopted  procedures in conformity with applicable rules
under  the  1940 Act to  ensure  that all  brokerage  commissions  paid to these
persons are reasonable and fair.

                                       19
<PAGE>

7.  ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Shares of each Fund are sold on a continuous  basis by the distributor on a best
efforts basis.

In addition to the situations  described in the Prospectus  under "Purchases and
Redemptions of Shares," the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily,  from time to
time,  to reimburse a Fund for any loss  sustained by reason of the failure of a
shareholder to make full payment for shares  purchased by the  shareholder or to
collect  any charge  relating  to  transactions  effected  for the  benefit of a
shareholder  which  is  applicable  to  a  Fund's  shares  as  provided  in  the
Prospectus.

The  Trust  has  filed a  formal  election  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  pursuant to which a Fund will only effect a redemption  in portfolio
securities if a shareholder  is redeeming more than $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's
total net assets, whichever is less, during any 90-day period.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The  exchange  privilege  permits  shareholders  of the Funds to exchange  their
shares  for  shares  of the  same  class  of any  other  Fund of the  Trust or a
designated  class of shares of Daily  Assets Cash Fund,  a money  market fund of
Forum Funds  ("Participating  Fund"). For Federal income tax purposes,  exchange
transactions  are treated as sales on which a purchaser  will  realize a capital
gain or loss  depending  on whether the value of the shares  redeemed is more or
less than his basis in such shares at the time of the transaction.

By use of the exchange privilege, the shareholder authorizes FSS to act upon the
instruction  of any  person  representing  himself  to either be, or to have the
authority  to act on behalf of, the  investor and believed by FSS to be genuine.
The records of FSS of such  instructions  are  binding.  Proceeds of an exchange
transaction  may be  invested in another  Participating  Fund in the name of the
shareholder.

Exchange transactions will be made on the basis of relative net asset values per
share at the time of the exchange transaction.  Shares of any Participating Fund
may be redeemed  and the  proceeds  used to  purchase,  without a sales  charge,
shares of any other  Participating Fund. The terms of the exchange privilege are
subject to change, and the privilege may be terminated by the Trust. However the
privilege  will not be  terminated,  and no material  change that  restricts the
availability  of the  privilege to  shareholders  will be  implemented,  without
reasonable advance notice to shareholders.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

The Trust offers an individual  retirement plan ("IRA") for individuals who wish
to use Trust shares of the Funds as a medium for funding  individual  retirement
savings.  Under the IRA, distributions of net investment income and capital gain
will be  automatically  reinvested in the IRA established for the investor.  The
Funds'  custodian  furnishes  custodial  services to the IRAs for a service fee.
Shareholders  wishing to use a Fund's IRA should contact FSS for further details
and information.

8.  TAXATION

Each Fund intends, for each taxable year, to qualify as a "regulated  investment
company"  under the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code").
Qualification as a regulated  investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 does not involve  governmental  supervision  of management or investment
practices or policies. Investors should consult their own counsel for a complete
understanding  of the  requirements  the  Funds  must meet to  qualify  for such
treatment.  The  information  set  forth  in the  Prospectus  and the  following
discussion  relate solely to Federal income taxes on dividends and distributions
by a Fund and assume that each Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company.
Investors  should  consult  their own counsel  for  further  details and for the
application of state and local tax laws to the investor's particular situation.

                                       20
<PAGE>

The Equity  Funds  expect to derive a  substantial  amount of their gross income
(exclusive of capital  gain) from  dividends.  Accordingly,  that portion of the
Equity  Funds'  dividends  so derived  will  qualify for the  dividends-received
deduction for  corporations  to the extent  attributable  to certain  qualifying
dividends  received by the Fund from  domestic  corporations.  The Fixed  Income
Funds expect to derive  substantially  all of their gross income  (exclusive  of
capital gain) from sources  other than  dividends.  Accordingly,  it is expected
that only a small  portion,  if any, of the Fixed  Income  Funds'  dividends  or
distributions   will   qualify   for  the   dividends-received   deduction   for
corporations.  Capital gain  distributions  are not  eligible for the  dividends
received deduction for corporations.

Under the Code, gains or losses from the disposition of (1) foreign  currencies,
(2) debt securities  denominated in a foreign  currency,  (3) certain options on
foreign  currencies or (4) certain  forward  contracts  denominated in a foreign
currency,  that are  attributed  to  fluctuations  in the  value of the  foreign
currency  between  the  date of  acquisition  of the  asset  and the date of its
disposition  are  treated  as  ordinary  gain or loss.  These  gains or  losses,
referred  to under  the Code as  "Section  988"  gains or  losses,  increase  or
decrease the amount of a Fund's  investment  company taxable income available to
be distributed to  shareholders  as ordinary  income,  rather than affecting the
amount of the Fund's net capital  gain.  Because  section 988 losses  reduce the
amount of ordinary  dividends a Fund will be allowed to distribute for a taxable
year, such losses may result in all or a portion of prior dividend distributions
for such  year  being  recharacterized  as  non-taxable  return  of  capital  to
shareholders,  rather than as an ordinary dividend,  reducing each shareholder's
basis in his or her shares.  To the extent that such  distributions  exceed such
shareholders'  basis,  each distribution will be treated as a gain from the sale
of shares. Under certain conditions, a Fund may elect to except from Section 988
any foreign  currency gain or loss  realized by a Fund on any regulated  forward
contract,  option or futures  contract  which would be "marked to market"  under
Section 1256 of the Code if held on the last day of taxable  year,  as described
immediately below.

Certain  listed  options,  regulated  futures  contracts  and  foreign  exchange
contracts  are  considered  "section  1256  contracts"  for  Federal  income tax
purposes.  Section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year
will be "marked to market" and treated for Federal income tax purposes as though
sold for fair market value on the last business day of such taxable  year.  Gain
or  loss  realized  by a Fund  on  section  1256  contracts  generally  will  be
considered  60%  long-term and 40%  short-term  capital gain or loss. A Fund can
elect to exempt its section 1256 contracts which are part of a "mixed  straddle"
from the application of section 1256.

With respect to equity or  over-the-counter  put and call options,  gain or loss
realized by a Fund upon the lapse or sale of such  options held by the Fund will
be either  long-term  or  short-term  capital  gain or loss  depending  upon the
respective Fund's holding period with respect to such option.  However,  gain or
loss  realized upon the lapse or closing out of such options that are written by
a Fund will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, if a Fund
exercises an option, or if an option that a Fund has written is exercised,  gain
or loss on the option will not be separately recognized but the premium received
or paid will be included in the calculation of gain or loss upon  disposition of
the property underlying the option.

Any option,  futures contract,  or other position entered into or held by a Fund
in  conjunction  with any  other  position  held by such Fund may  constitute  a
"straddle"  for Federal  income tax purposes.  A straddle of which at least one,
but not all, the  positions are section 1256  contracts may  constitute a "mixed
straddle".  In general,  straddles  are subject to certain rules that may affect
the  character  and timing of a Fund's gains and losses with respect to straddle
positions  by  requiring,   among  other  things,  that  (1)  loss  realized  on
disposition of one position of a straddle not be recognized to the extent that a
Fund has  unrealized  gains with respect to the other position in such straddle;
(2) a Fund's  holding  period  in  straddle  positions  be  suspended  while the
straddle exists (possibly  resulting in gain being treated as short-term capital
gain rather than long-term  capital gain); (3) losses recognized with respect to
certain  straddle  positions  which are part of a mixed  straddle  and which are
non-section  1256  positions  be treated  as 60%  long-term  and 40%  short-term
capital loss; (4) losses  recognized with respect to certain straddle  positions
which would otherwise  constitute  short-term capital losses be treated as long-
term capital  losses;  and (5) the  deduction  of interest and carrying  charges
attributable to certain straddle  positions may be deferred.  Various  elections
are  available to a Fund which may  mitigate the effects of the straddle  rules,
particularly  with respect to mixed  straddles.  In general,  the straddle rules
described  above  do  not  apply  to any  straddles  held  by a Fund  all of the
offsetting positions of which consist of section 1256 contracts.

                                       21
<PAGE>

A Fund's  investment  in zero  coupon  securities  will be  subject  to  special
provisions  of the Code  which may cause the Fund to  recognize  income  without
receiving  cash  necessary  to pay  dividends or make  distributions  in amounts
necessary to satisfy the  distribution  requirements for avoiding federal income
and excise taxes. In order to satisfy those  distribution  requirements the Fund
may be forced to sell other portfolio securities.

9.  OTHER INFORMATION

CUSTODIAN

Pursuant to a  Custodian  Agreement,  BankBoston  acts as the  custodian  of the
Funds'  assets.  The  custodian's   responsibilities  include  safeguarding  and
controlling  the Funds' cash and securities,  determining  income and collecting
interest on Fund investments.

COUNSEL

Legal matters in connection  with the issuance of shares of beneficial  interest
of the Trust are  passed  upon by the law firm of Seward & Kissel,  One  Battery
Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP act as independent auditors for the Funds.

THE TRUST AND ITS SHARES

The Trust was organized on November 26, 1997, as a Delaware  business trust. The
Trust has an unlimited number of authorized shares of beneficial  interest.  The
Board may, without  shareholder  approval,  divide the authorized shares into an
unlimited  number of separate  portfolios  or series (such as the Funds) and may
divide  portfolios  or series into two or more  classes of shares (such as Trust
and  Institutional  Shares).  Currently the  authorized  shares of the Trust are
divided into 4 separate series.

Each  share of each  Fund of the  Trust  and  each  class of  shares  has  equal
dividend,  distribution,  liquidation and voting rights,  and fractional  shares
have  those  rights  proportionately,   except  that  expenses  related  to  the
distribution  of the shares of each class (and certain  other  expenses  such as
transfer  agency and  administration  expenses) are borne solely by those shares
and each class votes separately with respect to the provisions of any Rule 12b-1
plan  which  pertain to the class and other  matters  for which  separate  class
voting is appropriate under applicable law.  Generally,  shares will be voted in
the aggregate  without reference to a particular  portfolio or class,  except if
the matter  affects only one  portfolio or class or voting by portfolio or class
is required by law, in which case shares will be voted  separately  by portfolio
or class, as appropriate. Delaware law does not require the Trust to hold annual
meetings of shareholders,  and it is anticipated that shareholder  meetings will
be held only when  specifically  required by Federal or state law.  Shareholders
and Trustees  have  available  certain  procedures  for the removal of Trustees.
There are no conversion or  preemptive  rights in connection  with shares of the
Trust.  All shares when issued in accordance with the terms of the offering will
be fully paid and  nonassessable.  Shares are redeemable at net asset value,  at
the option of the shareholders,  subject to any contingent deferred sales charge
that may apply.  A shareholder  in a portfolio is entitled to the  shareholder's
pro rata share of all dividends and distributions  arising from that portfolio's
assets and, upon redeeming  shares,  will receive the portion of the portfolio's
net assets represented by the redeemed shares.

The Trust's  shareholders  are not personally  liable for the obligations of the
Trust under Delaware law. The Delaware  Business Trust Act (the "Delaware  Act")
provides that a shareholder  of a Delaware  business  trust shall be entitled to
the  same   limitation  of  liability   extended  to   shareholders  of  private
corporations  for  profit.  However,  no similar  statutory  or other  authority
limiting business trust shareholder  liability exists in many other states. As a
result,  to the  extent  that  the  Trust or a  shareholder  is  subject  to the
jurisdiction  of courts in those states,  the courts may not apply


                                       22
<PAGE>

Delaware law, and may thereby subject the Trust  shareholders  to liability.  To
guard against this risk, the Trust Instrument of the Trust disclaims shareholder
liability for acts or  obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such
disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation and instrument entered into by
the  Trust  or its  Trustees,  and  provides  for  indemnification  out of Trust
property of any shareholder  held  personally  liable for the obligations of the
Trust.  Thus,  the risk of a  shareholder  incurring  financial  loss beyond his
investment because of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which
(1) a court  refuses to apply  Delaware  law, (2) no  contractual  limitation of
liability  is in  effect,  and  (3) the  Trust  itself  is  unable  to meet  its
obligations.  In light of Delaware law, the nature of the Trust's business,  and
the nature of its assets, the Board believes that the risk of personal liability
to a Trust shareholder is extremely remote.

From time to time, certain shareholders may own a large percentage of the shares
of a Fund. Accordingly, those shareholders may be able to greatly affect (if not
determine)  the  outcome  of a  shareholder  vote.  As noted,  certain  of these
shareholders are known to the Trust to hold their shares of record only and have
no beneficial interest, including the right to vote, in the shares.

SHAREHOLDINGS

As of March 13, 1998, Memorial Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, owns 100% of
the shares of each fund as listed below.  Trustee and President  Christopher  W.
Hamm owns 100% of the shares of Memorial  Group,  Inc.  As of the same date,  no
other officers or Trustees of the Trust owned any of the  outstanding  shares of
the  Funds.  Shareholders  owning  25% or more of the shares of a Fund or of the
Trust as a whole  may be deemed to be  controlling  persons.  By reason of their
substantial  holdings of shares,  these persons may be able to require the Trust
to hold a  shareholder  meeting  to vote on  certain  issues  and may be able to
determine  the  outcome  of any  shareholder  vote.  As noted,  certain of these
shareholders are known to the Trust to hold their shares of record only and have
no beneficial interest, including the right to vote, in the shares.

FUND                              SHAREHOLDER                      INTEREST
- ----                              -----------                      --------
Government Bond Fund              Memorial Group, Inc.             100%
Corporate Bond Fund               Memorial Group, Inc.             100%
Growth Equity Fund                Memorial Group, Inc.             100%
Value Equity Fund                 Memorial Group, Inc.             100%

10.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Because  the  Funds  had not  commenced  operations  as of the date of this SAI,
financial statements for these Funds are not yet available.





                                       23
<PAGE>


                                 MEMORIAL FUNDS

                 APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

1.   CORPORATE BONDS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. ("MOODY'S")

Moody's rates  corporate  bond issues,  including  convertible  debt issues,  as
follows:

Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged by Moody's to be of the best quality.  They
carry the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as
"gilt edge." Interest  payments are protected by a large or by an  exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Bonds  which are rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality  by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group,  they  comprise  what are generally  known as high-
grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower  than the best  bonds  because  margins  of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment  attributes and are to
be  considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors  giving  security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they
are neither highly protected nor poorly secured.  Interest payment and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great length of time.
Such  bonds  lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and  in  fact  have
speculative characteristics as well.

Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements;  their future
cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection  of interest and
principal  payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during
both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes
bonds in this class.

Bonds  which  are  rated  B  generally  lack  characteristics  of the  desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations  which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated class of bonds and issues so rated
can be regarded as having  extremely  poor  prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

Note:  Those  bonds in the Aa, A, Baa,  Ba or B groups  which  Moody's  believes
possess the strongest  investment  attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1,
A1, Baa1, Ba1, and B1.

STANDARD AND POOR'S CORPORATION ("S&P")

S&P rates corporate bond issues, including convertible debt issues, as follows:

                                       24
<PAGE>

Bonds  rated  AAA have the  highest  rating  assigned  by S&P.  Capacity  to pay
interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

Bonds rated AA have a very strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal
and differ from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

Bonds  rated A have a strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances   and  economic   conditions  than  debt  rated  in  higher  rated
categories.

Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate  capacity to pay interest and
repay principal.  Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection  parameters,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to
weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category
than in higher rated categories.

Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are  regarded,  on  balance,  as  predominantly
speculative  with  respect to the  issuer's  capacity to pay  interest and repay
principal in  accordance  with the terms of the  obligation.  BB  indicates  the
lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree of speculation. While such
bonds will likely have some quality and  protective  characteristics,  these are
outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
Bonds  rated  BB  have  less  near-term  vulnerability  to  default  than  other
speculative issues.  However,  they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

Bonds rated B have a greater  vulnerability  to default but  currently  have the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse business,
financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay principal.

Bonds rated CCC have currently  identifiable  vulnerability to default,  and are
dependent upon favorable  business,  financial,  and economic conditions to meet
timely  payment of interest and repayment of principal.  In the event of adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions,  they are not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Bonds rated CC typically are debt  subordinated to senior debt which is assigned
an actual or implied CCC debt  rating.  This rating may also be used to indicate
imminent default.

The C rating may be used to cover a situation  where a  bankruptcy  petition has
been filed, but debt service  payments are continued.  The rating Cl is reserved
for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

Bonds are rated D when the issue is in payment default, or the obligor has filed
for  bankruptcy.  Bonds rated D are in payment  default or the obligor has filed
for  bankruptcy.  The D  rating  category  is used  when  interest  payments  or
principal  payments are not made on the date due, even if the  applicable  grace
period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such payments will made during
such grace period.

Note:  The ratings  from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+)
or minus (-) sign to show the relative standing within the rating category.

FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. ("FITCH")

Fitch rates  corporate  bond  issues,  including  convertible  debt  issues,  as
follows:

AAA Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of the  highest  credit
quality.  The obligor has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay interest and
repay  principal,  which is unlikely to be  affected by  reasonably  foreseeable
events.

                                       25
<PAGE>

AA Bonds are considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.  Because bonds rated in the AAA
and AA  categories  are  not  significantly  vulnerable  to  foreseeable  future
developments, shorter-term debt of these issuers is generally rate F-1+.

A Bonds are considered to be investment  grade and of high credit  quality.  The
obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is  considered  to be
strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and
circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade and of  satisfactory  credit
quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered
to be  adequate.  Adverse  changes in  economic  conditions  and  circumstances,
however,  are more likely to have adverse  impact on these bonds,  and therefore
impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall
below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

BB Bonds are considered  speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and
repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes.  However,
business and financial  alternatives  can be  identified  which could assist the
obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B Bonds  are  considered  highly  speculative.  While  bonds in this  class  are
currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely
payment of principal  and  interest  reflects the  obligor's  limited  margin of
safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the
life of the issue.

CCC Bonds have certain identifiable  characteristics which, if not remedied, may
lead to  default.  The  ability to meet  obligations  requires  an  advantageous
business and economic environment.

CC Bonds  are  minimally  protected.  Default  in  payment  of  interest  and/or
principal seems probable over time.

C Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments.  Such
bonds  are  extremely  speculative  and  should  be valued on the basis of their
ultimate  recovery value in liquidation or  reorganization  of the obligor.  DDD
represents the highest  potential for recovery on these bonds,  and D represents
the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) and  minus (-) signs  are used  with a rating  symbol to  indicate  the
relative position of a credit within the rating category.  Plus and minus signs,
however, are not used in the AAA, DDD, DD, or D categories.

2.   PREFERRED STOCK

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Moody's rates preferred stock as follows:

An issue rated aaa is  considered  to be a  top-quality  preferred  stock.  This
rating indicates good asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment
among preferred stock issues.

An issue  rated aa is  considered  a  high-grade  preferred  stock.  This rating
indicates  that  there  is  a  reasonable  assurance  that  earnings  and  asset
protection will remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

                                       26
<PAGE>

An issue rated a is  considered to be an  upper-medium  grade  preferred  stock.
While  risks  are  judged  to be  somewhat  greater  than  in  the  aaa  and  aa
classification,  earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be
maintained at adequate levels.

An issue rated baa is considered to be a medium-grade,  neither highly protected
nor poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but
may be questionable over any great length of time.

An issue rated ba is  considered  to have  speculative  elements  and its future
cannot be considered  well assured.  Earnings and asset  protection  may be very
moderate  and not  well  safeguarded  during  adverse  periods.  Uncertainty  of
position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

An issue which is rated b  generally  lacks the  characteristics  of a desirable
investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the
issue over any long period of time may be small.

An issue  which is rated caa is likely to be in  arrears on  dividend  payments.
This  rating  designation  does not  purport to  indicate  the future  status of
payments.

An issue which is rated ca is  speculative  in a high degree and is likely to be
in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of eventual payment.

An issue which is rated c can be regarded as having  extremely poor prospects of
ever attaining any real investment  standing.  This is the lowest rated class of
preferred or preference stock.

Note:   Moody's  applies  numerical   modifiers  1,  2  and  3  in  each  rating
classification  from aa through b in its  preferred  stock  rating  system.  The
modifier 1 indicates  that the  security  ranks in the higher end of its generic
rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier
3  indicates  that the  issuer  ranks in the  lower  end of its  generic  rating
category.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

S&P rates preferred stock as follows:

AAA is the highest rating that is assigned by S&P to a preferred stock issue and
indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

A preferred  stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality  fixed income
security.  The  capacity to pay  preferred  stock  obligations  is very  strong,
although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

An issue  rated A is  backed  by a sound  capacity  to pay the  preferred  stock
obligations,  although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

An issue  rated BBB is  regarded  as backed by an  adequate  capacity to pay the
preferred stock  obligations.  Whereas it normally exhibits adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in
this category than for issues in the A category.

Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded,  on balance, as predominantly
speculative  with  respect  to the  issuer's  capacity  to pay  preferred  stock
obligations.  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation  and CCC the highest
degree of  speculation.  While such issues  will  likely  have some  quality and
protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
risk exposures to adverse conditions.

The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or
sinking fund payments but that is currently paying.

                                       27
<PAGE>

A preferred stock rated C is a non-paying issue.

A preferred  stock rated D is a  non-paying  issue with the issuer in default on
debt instruments.

To provide more detailed  indications of preferred  stock  quality,  the ratings
from AA to CCC may be modified  by the  addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign
to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

3.   SHORT-TERM DEBT (COMMERCIAL PAPER)

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Moody's two highest ratings for short-term debt, including commercial paper, are
Prime-1 and Prime-2,  both are judged investment grade, to indicate the relative
repayment ability of rated issuers.

Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
debt  obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of
the following characteristics:

                   --- Leading market positions in well-established industries.
                   --- High  rates  of  return on  funds employed.
                   --- Conservative   capitalization  structure  with  moderate
                   reliance  on debt  and  ample  asset  protection.
                   --- Broad margins in earnings  coverage of fixed financial
                   charges and high internal cash generation.
                   --- Well-established access to a range of financial markets
                   and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated  Prime-2 by Moody's have a strong  ability for repayment of senior
short-term  debt  obligations.  This will  normally be  evidenced by many of the
characteristics of issuers rated Prime-1 but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends
and  coverage   ratios,   while  sound,   may  be  more  subject  to  variation.
Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by
external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

STANDARD AND POOR'S CORPORATION

S&P's two highest  commercial  paper  ratings are A and B. Issues  assigned an A
rating are regarded as having the greatest  capacity for timely payment.  Issues
in this  category  are  delineated  with the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate  the
relative  degree of  safety.  An A-1  designation  indicates  that the degree of
safety  regarding  timely payment is either  overwhelming or very strong.  Those
issues determined to possess  overwhelming  safety  characteristics  are denoted
with a plus (+) sign designation. The capacity for timely payment on issues with
an A-2 designation is strong.  However,  the relative degree of safety is not as
high as for issues  designated A-1. A-3 issues have a satisfactory  capacity for
timely  payment.  They are,  however,  somewhat  more  vulnerable to the adverse
effects  of  changes  in  circumstances  than  obligations  carrying  the higher
designations.  Issues rated B are  regarded as having only an adequate  capacity
for timely payment. However, such capacity may be damaged by changing conditions
or short-term adversities.

FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Fitch's  short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand
or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including commercial
paper, certificates of deposit,  medium-term notes, and municipal and investment
notes.

F-1+. Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of
assurance for timely payment.

                                       28
<PAGE>

F-1.  Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2.  Issues  assigned this rating have a  satisfactory  degree of assurance for
timely payment,  but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned
F-1+ or F-1 ratings.

F-3. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting that the degree
of assurance for timely payment is adequate,  however, near-term adverse changes
could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S.  Issues  assigned  this rating have  characteristics  suggesting  a minimal
degree of assurance for timely payment and are  vulnerable to near-term  adverse
changes in financial and economic conditions.

D.   Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent payment default.



                                       29
<PAGE>






THE MEMORIAL FUNDS
STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
MARCH 11, 1998
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>                  <C>                <C>


                                                                             GOVERNMENT          CORPORATE        GROWTH EQUITY
                                                                              BOND FUND          BOND FUND            FUND     
                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------

ASSETS

Cash                                                                           $25,000            $25,000           $25,000    
Deferred organization expense                                                   30,000             30,000            30,000    

                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------
                                                        Total assets           $55,000            $55,000           $55,000    

LIABILITIES

Accrued organization expenses                                                   30,000             30,000            30,000    
                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------

NET ASSETS                                                                     $25,000            $25,000           $25,000    
                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------

Shares Outstanding (no par value, shares authorized
is unlimited)                                                                    2,500              2,500             2,500    
                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------

Net Asset Value, offering and redemption price
per share ($25,000/2,500 shares outstanding per fund)                           $10.00             $10.00            $10.00    
                                                                          -----------------    --------------     -------------
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<S><C>


    VALUE EQUITY  
       FUND       
   -------------- 
                  
                  
                  
      $25,000     
       30,000     
                  
   -------------- 
      $55,000     
                  
                  
                  
       30,000     
   -------------- 
                  
      $25,000     
   -------------- 
                  
                  
        2,500     
   -------------- 
                  
                  
       $10.00     
   -------------- 

</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.





                                       30
<PAGE>



NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
MARCH 11, 1998

Note 1 - Significant Accounting Policies:

(A)  General:  The  Memorial  Funds  (the  "Trust")  is an open  end  management
investment  company  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as
amended.  The Company was  established as a Delaware  business  trust  organized
pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated November 25, 1997. The Government  Bond
Fund,  Corporate  Bond Fund,  Growth  Equity Fund and Value  Equity Fund (each a
"Fund") are each separate,  diversified series of the Trust. Each Fund presently
offers two classes of shares, Trust shares and Institutional  shares.  Shares of
each class have  identical  interests in the  portfolio of the Fund and have the
same  rights.  As of March 11,  1998,  the Funds had no  operations  other  than
organizational  matters and the issuance and sale of initial  shares to Memorial
Group, Inc., on March 11, 1998.

(B)  Organizational  Expenses:  Costs  incurred by the Funds in connection  with
their  organization  and the initial offering of their shares have been deferred
and will be  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis  from the date upon which the
Funds will commence their investment activities, over a period of five years. If
any of the initial shares of a Fund are redeemed during the amortization period,
the redemption proceeds will be reduced by any unamortized organization expenses
in the same  proportion  as the  number of shares  being  redeemed  bears to the
number of initial shares outstanding at the time of such redemption.

(C) Federal  Taxes:  Each Fund  intends to qualify for  treatment as a regulated
investment  company  under the  Internal  Revenue  Code and  distribute  all its
taxable income. In addition, by distributing in each calendar year substantially
all its net investment income,  capital gains and certain other amounts, if any,
the Funds  will not be  subject to Federal  excise  tax.  Therefore,  no Federal
income or excise tax provision will be required.


Note 2 - Investment Adviser

Forum Investment Advisors, LLC (the "Adviser"), serves as the investment adviser
for each Fund. For their  services,  the Adviser is paid by the Government  Bond
Fund and  Corporate  Bond Fund a fee at an annual  rate of 0.35% of each  Fund's
average  daily net  assets.  The Growth  Equity  Fund and Value  Equity Fund are
charged  a fee at an  annual  rate of 0.45% of each  Fund's  average  daily  net
assets.

The Adviser has retained the following  sub-advisers to render advisory services
and make daily investment decisions for each Fund:

     The Government Bond Fund is managed by The Northern Trust Company.
     The Corporate Bond Fund is managed by Conseco Capital Management, Inc.
     The Growth Equity Fund is managed by Davis, Hamilton, Jackson & Associates
     The Value Equity Fund is managed by Beutel, Goodman Capital Management

The sub-advisers are compensated by the Adviser.


Note 3 - Administrative, Accounting, Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees

Forum Administrative  Services,  LLC ("FAdS") is the administrator of the Funds,
and is responsible for the  supervision of the overall  management of the Funds.
For these  services,  FAdS  receives  a fee at an  annual  rate of 0.15% of each
Fund's  average  daily net assets under $150  million,  and 0.10% of the average
daily net assets in excess of $150 million,  subject to an annual minimum fee of
$30,000 for each Fund.

Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("FFSI") acts as  distributor  of each Fund's
shares. The Funds have adopted a distribution plan in accordance with Rule 12b-1
under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Plan").  Under the
provisions  of the Plan,  each Fund may  reimburse  FFSI up to an annual rate of
0.25% of each Fund's Trust shares average daily net assets.

Forum Accounting  Services,  LLC provides portfolio  accounting services to each
Fund.

                                       31
<PAGE>

Forum Shareholder Services,  LLC acts as each Fund's transfer agent and dividend
disbursing agent.



                                       32
<PAGE>




Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Trustees and Shareholder
Memorial Funds:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  statements  of assets  and  liabilities  of
Government Bond Fund,  Corporate Bond Fund, Growth Equity Fund, and Value Equity
Fund,  portfolios of Memorial  Funds (the  Company) as of March 11, 1998.  These
statements of assets and  liabilities  are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements of
assets and liabilities based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about whether the  statements of assets and  liabilities  are free of
material  misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  statements  of  assets  and
liabilities.   Our  procedures   included   confirmation  of  cash  in  bank  by
correspondence  with  the  custodian.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  the  statements  of assets and  liabilities  referred to above
present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Government
Bond Fund,  Corporate Bond Fund, Growth Equity Fund, and Value Equity Fund as of
March 11, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Boston, Massachusetts
March 11, 1998





                                       33



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission